ReportWire

Tag: underscored-testing

  • The best pillows for side sleepers, tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    The best pillows for side sleepers, tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    This article is a part of CNN Underscored’s Guide to Sleep, a week-long focus on everything you need to sleep better. We’ll be featuring new products and exclusive deals all week, so check in every morning to see what’s new.

    If you sleep on your side, you need a pillow that keeps your shoulder, neck and head in a neutral, comfortable position. For many side sleepers that means a different type of pillow from those meant for back or stomach sleeping.

    Hundreds of pillows are sold specifically for side sleepers, so we set out to find the best ones, sleeping on 23 pillows ranging from those specifically sold for side sleepers to those that are intended to cover all sleep positions, many of which we examined in our search for the best pillows overall. We also spoke with doctors, sleep specialists and academic researchers that study sleep positions to find answers on the best shapes and fill for side sleepers. In the end, we came up with three great choices that should suit those who sleep on their sides.

    Best pillow for side sleepers overall

    The supportive Eli & Elm Side Sleeper pillow has a U-shaped cutout that makes room for your shoulder when sleeping on your side. It also cradled our necks well when we slept on our backs, so it’s great for anyone who shifts positions.

    Best memory foam pillow for side sleepers

    The squishy yet supportive Casper Hybrid pillow offers a better balance between softness and support than other memory foam pillows we tested, and it is well ventilated so you won’t overheat.

    Best pillow for side sleepers on a budget

    The affordable Beckham Hotel Collection pillow is just right — not too soft or too firm. The dense fill kept our heads and necks supported through the night. It’s also one of the least expensive pillows we tested.

    A great body pillow for side sleepers

    The plush Coop Original Body Pillow is long and narrow, giving side sleepers something to hold on to with your arms or legs, and the adjustable fill lets you customize it to your proportions. 

    From $105 at Eli & Elm

    The Eli & Elm Side Sleeper pillow

    The supportive Eli & Elm Side Sleeper pillow has a curved cutout that creates room for your shoulder when sleeping on your side, setting this pillow apart from the rest. We found the extra room quite comfortable and also appreciated how it let us hold onto the edges of the pillow while sleeping on our side, keeping our arms and hands more comfortable too. As a bonus, we loved that we felt like we were cradled when we slept on our backs too, so it’s a great choice if you shift positions often.

    The pillow is filled with a blend of latex and polyester that is adjustable and removable. Similar to other adjustable pillows, you can take out as much fill as you want to achieve the exact height and firmness level that’s most comfortable. We found the pillow came with plenty of fill for those that like a firm pillow, though we had to remove some to soften it up. If you like an extra-firm pillow, Eli & Elm offers an option to buy extra fill. It took a few nights of trial and error before we figured out the optimal amount of fill, but once we did we found the pillow very comfortable.

    The Side Sleeper has two slight drawbacks. First, we found that the pillow sleeps slightly hot — not so much so it disturbed our sleep but if you are sensitive you may want to keep that in mind or plan to accessorize with some of our recommendations for hot sleepers.

    Also, the odd shape doesn’t fit well in standard pillow cases. However, the cover is removable and washable so you can use it without a pillowcase (which is what we did in testing). If you absolutely need a pillowcase, Eli & Elm also sell a custom pillowcase that you can buy separately. We also appreciate the company’s 45-day return policy in case the pillow doesn’t work out.

    From $89 at Casper and Amazon

    The Casper Hybrid Pillow

    Casper describes this pillow as “feeling like a marshmallow” and we couldn’t agree more; that’s exactly what this pillow feels like. The squishy yet supportive Casper Hybrid pillow has a synthetic fill core surrounded by an outer layer of memory foam, which offers the perfect balance between excellent support and comfortable plushness, unlike some other foam pillows which we found too firm or too soft in our testing. The ventilation holes in the foam layer also give the Casper Hybrid an advantage over other memory foam pillows — it never left us feeling overheated while sleeping, so it’s a great choice if you are a hot sleeper.

    While the Hybrid Pillow is sold for general use, we liked it for sleeping on our side because of its rectangular shape and substantial side gusset, which helped keep our head elevated in a comfortable position but didn’t dig into our shoulder or neck. It also kept its shape throughout the night.

    The Hybrid Pillow comes in two heights, regular with a 2-inch gusset and low loft with a 1.25-inch gusset. You can take a quiz on Casper’s website to help determine which loft height is right for you. Casper recommended a low loft pillow for our tester’s needs and we found it was the perfect size for our petite tester, so if you have a larger frame you may want to consider the regular loft size.

    The Casper Hybrid Pillow comes with a removable and machine-washable cover and Casper offers a 30-night return policy on most pillows, although at time of testing the low loft version is on final sale.

    The Beckham Hotel Collection Pillow

    The Beckham Hotel Collection pillow has a denser fill compared to most down alternative pillows, giving it a firmer feel but enough give that it cradled our heads comfortably as we slept on our sides. The Beckham pillow’s support didn’t fade over the course of the night, as the firm fill doesn’t fall flat, unlike some other pillows we tested.

    We appreciated that it could be machine-washed, however, the instructions state it should be dried flat which is less than ideal and takes at least half a day depending on the temperature inside your living space. We did machine-dry it, however, to see how it fared and it held up without any noticeable changes, but we suspect over time machine-drying could potentially cause the pillow to degrade faster.

    This was one of the most budget-friendly pillows that we tested and it’s far more comfortable than you might expect given the low cost, so if you don’t want to splurge on a more expensive pillow this is a great pick.

    Unlike some similar body pillows, Coop Home Goods' The Original Body Pillow is adjustable to fit your body's proportions

    Popular for the extra comfort they can provide during pregnancy, a body pillow can help any side sleeper who needs more support. A supportive, stable cushion that you can wrap your arms or legs around or drape them across, the body pillow’s long length, extra cushioning and support can help reduce pain in the hips, knees or other pressure points due to the extra cushion and elevation body pillows provide.

    But a one-size-fits all body pillow may not work for everyone — if it’s overfilled or flat for your taste, it won’t help. We loved the Coop Original Body Pillow because  it’s adjustable — you can remove or add fill to choose the level of support you need, making it even more versatile.

    The Original Body Pillow comes generously stuffed for those that like a full, thick body pillow, but the fill can also be removed to create a softer, flatter body pillow. We had to play around with the fill amount for a few nights to find the optimal level, but we found it extremely comfortable once we found the perfect amount. The fill itself is a blend of pieces of memory foam and microfiber fill, and we appreciated that it conformed to our body much better than plain fiber-filled pillows we’ve tried. With the Coop body pillow our limbs were supported but gently enveloped by the memory foam fill; with fiber-fill body pillows we found that our leg simply rested on top of the pillow, which wasn’t as comfortable.

    The outer cover material is Coop’s signature quilted fabric, making the pillow feel extra plush. An inner zippered cover holds the fill, so it’s easy to remove the cover for washing and keep the fill contained.

    It was hard to find fault with this body pillow. We do wish Coop sold body pillow cases in various colors to match more bedding styles, though since the Coop body pillow measures 20 by 54 inches — a fairly standard size — it should be easy enough to find  a body pillow case elsewhere that fits the pillow and the look of your bedroom. If you want something to cover the pillow that offers more protection, Coop sells a breathable and waterproof body pillow protector. We didn’t try the protector but someone that needs the extra protection or likes the look of the pillow cover may want one.

    Not sure a body pillow is right for you? Coop offers a 100-night sleep trial and you can return it if you find it doesn’t work for you.

    While many brands design and market pillows tailored specifically to back, stomach or side sleepers, all of the experts we spoke to told us that pillow comfort is very personal, and just because a pillow is marketed for side sleepers doesn’t mean it will work for you. According to Dr. Andrew Varga, neuroscientist and physician at The Mount Sinai Integrative Sleep Center, “There is limited, if any, scientific evidence regarding pillow types.”

    After testing dozens of pillows, we have found that the way pillows are labeled can give at least some indication of how the pillow will feel, and that makes a good starting point when shopping for side sleeper pillows (or for other sleeping positions). In general, pillows meant for side sleepers — like those for back sleepers — are often firmer and loftier than pillows for stomach sleepers, which helps keep your head elevated properly when laying on your side. And some contoured or cutout designs may provide better comfort for some side sleepers.

    According to Josh Tal of Josh Tal & Associates Sleep and Health Psychotherapists, people who sleep on their sides need to look for a pillow that provides support for the shoulder, neck and head, and allows for a neutral, supportive position. Because of this, Tal says, “side sleepers usually prefer a pillow with more loft to cradle the head, paired with an indentation to comfort the shoulder and a potentially an elevated bump in the bottom of the pillow to support the neck.”

    Also, keep in mind that everyone’s neck is different, so the type of contour or density of fill that achieves this will vary from individual to individual. If you’re smaller-framed, you may need a lower loft pillow; if you’re bigger, you may need a higher loft pillow to keep the neck aligned with the spine.

    We found that pillows for side sleepers come in more unique shapes than other types of pillows and can offer certain benefits such as allowing more room for your shoulder or more neck support.

    • Cutout: Some pillows for side sleepers have a semi-circular cutout at the bottom. This allows more room for your shoulder when you’re laying on your side without the pillow getting in the way. We found that this design let us lay our head more comfortably on the pillow when sleeping on our side.
    • Gusset: Gussets are extra rectangular side panels sewn into the edges of the pillow; these create a more structured feel than the flat sewn edges of traditional pillows. These gussets help the pillow maintain its shape and offer extra elevation to keep the head supported, which can be more comfortable when sleeping on your side.
    • Contour: Some pillows are designed with an upper face meant to match the contour of your head, neck and shoulder. These curves and indentations they are meant to support your neck and cradle your head. Most of these pillow types are made with firm foam so they keep their shape and don’t shift.

    Fill and firmness

    For side sleepers, Tal recommends a medium to soft fill that allows the head, neck and shoulder to fall gracefully into the pillow, with enough balance to keep the head and spine neutral. Good fill materials to achieve this include memory foam, down and down alternatives. If you’ll be adding or removing fill, make sure to balance the amount of fill throughout the pillow to achieve the correct alignment — you don’t want a lumpy pillow.

    Susan J. Gordon research professor at the Flinders University College of Nursing and Health Sciences in Adelaide, Australia, who has studied the effect of pillow types in relation to sleep quality and their effect on waking back and neck pain, recommends laying on a pillow for at least 15 minutes to try it out. That’s the time it takes for the body to fully settle so you’ll know whether or not the pillow is right for you.

    Since one pillow will not work for everyone, make sure to check the brand’s return policy. Many brands offer a trial period or returns, but some brands do not allow you to return the pillow. You’ll want to choose a pillow with a good return policy in case the pillow does not work for you, unless you’re willing to take the risk of not being able to return it.

    After narrowing down our list to the most popular pillows and brands, we slept on each for a minimum of two nights, noting factors like construction quality and comfort. We evaluated each using the following criteria.

    • Comfort: After sleeping on each pillow for a few nights, we judged how comfortable each pillow was to sleep on, noting if we had to make adjustments throughout the night, the pillow fell flat or retained a lot of heat.
    • Durability: In order to assess the durability of each pillow, we washed and dried each pillow twice, if applicable, according to the manufacturer’s care instructions. If the pillow indicated it was not machine-washable, we washed the cover where possible. We evaluated each pillow for how much it flattened or changed shape after washing and sleeping on it. We also looked at the overall appearance of the pillow after wash and use and noted if anything broke in the process.
    • Ease of cleaning: For each pillow, we scored it on how easily and if it could be cleaned, taking into account if it’s machine-washable, dry clean, spot clean or not washable at all.
    • Firmness options: We looked at how many firmness options are available for each pillow or if it can be adjusted to anyone’s fill preference, which makes it more likely you’ll be able to find the right fit for you.
    • Trial and return policy: Since pillows are highly personal, we also scored each pillow brand on its trial policy, whether or not you could test it out and how many days you had to return it.

    Coop makes this pillow specifically for side sleepers with a cut-out for your shoulder, a feature that made the Original Cutout Pillow more comfortable than a traditional pillow and one of our favorite pillows for sleeping on our side. The Coop’s cutout is smaller than the ones used on several other side sleeper pillows we tested, which gave us more surface area to grab when sleeping on our side, which we found comfortable.

    It may not be the best choice for someone who rolls onto their back occasionally since it’s not quite as roomy in the shoulder area as the Eli and Elm side sleeper pillow, and though the fill is adjustable we couldn’t make it quite as firm as the Eli and Elm — so overall we give the edge to the Eli and Elm. That said, if you sleep exclusively on your side or you’re a side sleeper who prefers a softer pillow, the Coop makes a great choice.

    We liked the Coop Original Crescent pillow, which features a crescent-shaped cutout similar to the one used on our preferred overall pillow for side sleepers, the Eli and Elm. As with the other Coop pillows, the fill amount is adjustable, and we were able to find a comfortable amount of support with a little experimentation. It was edged out by the Eli and Elm side sleeper pillow since the Coop doesn’t have a gusset around the perimeter, so it didn’t keep its loft as well over the course of the night. As with the Coop Original Cutout Pillow, we found it softer overall than the Eli and Elm, and if that’s what you’re looking for you might prefer the Original Crescent Pillow.

    We loved the Garnet Hill Heirloom European White Goose Down Pillow, so it’s no surprise we also liked their down-alternative pillow as well. It’s more plush and supportive than most other synthetic fill pillows we tested and keeps its shape throughout the night. It’s washable and comes in three firmness levels. Garnet Hill also has a 90-day return policy.

    Down pillows can fall flat throughout the night, but the Parachute down side sleeper pillow has a side gusset, and when we tested this pillow it kept its shape fairly well. It contains some feathers as opposed to 100% down, which is not ideal, but we found the feathers didn’t poke through the material or make too much noise. It also comes in a down alternative version for those that are allergic to down or prefer synthetic fill.

    The Saatva latex pillow has two components: an inner core filled with shredded latex that’s removable and a surrounding outer layer that’s filled with down alternative. This allows for some adjustability in how high and firm you want the pillow and makes it easier to adjust than other pillows, where you’re taking out bits and pieces of fill, but it’s limited to two options. All of our testers found the pillow most comfortable without the inner core.

    Like many other adjustable pillows, the Layla Kapok pillow can be adjusted by adding or removing fill to achieve a personalized height and firmness level. It’s filled with a combination of shredded memory foam and kapok fibers that come from a kapok tree and feel similar to a mix between cotton and wool. The honeycomb-patterned cover adds an extra layer of plushness and it can be removed and washed. One of our testers noticed a slight musty smell, though it seemed to get better over time as the pillow aired out. Another tester didn’t notice a smell at all on their pillow, so keep in mind this pillow may need to air out for a while if it has a smell.

    Snag 30% off the Layla Kapok Pillow using the code CNNSLEEP at checkout through March 18.

    The Brooklinen Marlow pillow immediately caught our attention with its side zippers that allow you to adjust the firmness by opening or closing the zippers. We were intrigued by this unique system, however, we found only a slight difference in firmness when the zippers were closed versus open. We found it too firm for side sleeping; it may be better-suited for a larger-framed side sleeper, as our petite sider sleeper found it too high. It only comes in one firmness level but does come in standard and king sizes.

    Tempur-Pedic recommends this pillow for back and side sleepers, saying its molded contoured design follows the curve of your body, supporting your head and neck. It comes in small, medium and large sizes and has a guide on its website to help you choose the correct size based on your body measurements. While we found the contour pillow supported our neck and allowed our head to lay in the dip, it was also extremely firm, much more so than most Tempur-Pedic beds and pillows we’ve tried, with little to no give. This is great for someone who wants an extra-firm pillow that won’t change shape at all, but it’s likely too firm for most.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best cookware sets of 2023 | CNN Underscored

    The best cookware sets of 2023 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Few items in a home will see as much use as cookware, which you may be handling up to three times a day. And considering how you’re using it — open flames, scalding temperatures, grease, and scrubbing pads, just to name a few of the regular rigors pots and pans are subjected to — it’s no wonder that choosing a cookware set can be so complicated.

    Cookware can be a significant investment, and if you spring for an entire set you want it to meet your needs and last for a very long time. However, with so many materials, designs, and price points, it can be difficult to know where to start. That’s why we scoured the options and put them through the paces in a real kitchen to determine which sets were worth it. Read on for the results.

    Best cookware set overall

    Affordable cookware with an excellent variety of pieces, Tramontina’s 12-piece set is crafted from aluminum clad stainless steel and is induction-friendly to boot. A solid choice which checks all the boxes, these pots and pans were our favorite in terms of performance, ergonomics and even non-stick handling. All for a great value.

    Best splurge cookware set

    This gorgeous cookware set from Sardel easily melds form and function with its Italian handcrafted construction. And, this smaller, 4-piece set with two lids, even includes a non-stick skillet for easy clean-up. You’ll love the shiny finish and refined design, which make this cookware a perfect centerpiece for your kitchen — if you’re willing to pay a little extra.

    Best budget cookware set

    Cuisinart is our best budget pick because of its excellent array of pots and pans, including a handy double boiler. We also liked its glass lids and easy to read markings inside the pans for common measurements. Though not fully clad cookware, it did hold up to our testing in the kitchen — and you just can’t beat the low price.

    Best non-stick cookware set

    This copious set from Zwilling uses super durable, non-toxic materials to coat its non-stick pieces. The slickest surface of any cookware set we tested, the pots and pans also clean up easily and dry quickly.

    Newest-zwilling.jpg

    It might be surprising that we named such an affordable set the overall winner, but this cookware has it all. The set includes a nice variety of pieces, with both 8- and 10-inch skillets and a 6-quart saute pan with lid, three different size saucepans (1.5-, 2- and 3-quart), and a stockpot, which covers all your basic kitchen needs and then some. Having smaller pots and pans can be nice for sauces and other small-batch recipes.

    All the pieces are aluminum clad with 18/10 stainless steel, which makes it induction-friendly. Tri-ply construction means you get the best of both worlds in terms of heat conductivity and durability, so these pans weather temperature changes without warping. The 8-inch skillet passed our warp test of plunging a hot pan into ice water without a shudder.

    The pans have a solid, no-frills design that’s in line with what you might expect to find in professional kitchens: very clean and classic, without a lot of branding. The stainless finish resists fingerprints and looks attractive, if slightly utilitarian (you could ding a point for the stockpots not having any taper or pouring spout).

    Importantly these pans handle nicely, too. They have the substantial heft of quality stainless that gives you confidence from the get-go that they won’t warp under pressure, but are still lightweight enough to swirl oil in one-handed, or toss vegetables gently when sauteeing. This is an often underrated quality in cookware, but a vital one because whether you’re slinging pots and pans all day for a living or just taking a smoking-hot skillet from the stovetop to the oven, you want to feel in control of the cookware, and fatigue can make cooking techniques both sloppy and, worst-case scenario, dangerous.

    For the same reason, comfortable ergonomic handles attached with rivets are essential. Comfort level will vary from individual to individual, but these handles were among the easiest to grip and look elegant, too. They’re cast stainless steel, not too round or too thin, and the handles for the pot lids are high enough to accommodate an actual pair of knuckles without grazing the hot metal. The rivets are small and minimal, as low-profile as it gets for riveted handles.

    Where these pans really shine, though, is their performance. The flour test revealed some of the most even heating in a skillet out of all those tested, including several pricier versions. One of the drawbacks of stainless cookware in general is that it isn’t nonstick, but in our fried egg test this skillet fared the best out of the options that weren’t made with nonstick materials: While the egg didn’t slide around in the pan even, it lifted out easily with no sticking and little mess, and the pan cleaned easily afterward, with barely more than a swipe with a damp sponge needed. Stainless sometimes has a tendency to stain when used with oil at high heats but that didn’t happen in our protein-searing test either, and the skillets had deep enough sides to rein in splatters. Even the starch from rice was easily cleaned out of a saucepan easily. The saucepans are nice and deep as well, which helps prevent bubble over. The cookware is rated safe up to 500 degrees F which means a saute pan can go from the stovetop to the oven.

    Given the value for the money, this cookware set is a great choice for anyone who is looking for performance that will last. The combination of tri-ply construction, quality materials, and ergonomic design make for a set that does everything in the kitchen exactly the way it should, and will continue to for years. If it doesn’t, this cookware set comes with a lifetime warranty. If you’re more concerned about even heating, easy handling, and durability than brand names, this is the set for you. It’s what we recommend for anyone looking for a solid set to cook with daily.

    new-sardel-lead.jpg

    Sardel is a relatively new name in the cookware world but the reputation for quality is deserved. If you’re looking for something with a little more aesthetic appeal that’s also going to function well, and are willing to pay more for it, Sardel cookware is the way to go. These pots and pans combine the best of form and function with Italian design and five-ply construction. Though many brands, including All-Clad, have attempted to sell the idea that more layers are better, for the most part, testers have agreed that it’s not really any more conductive than tri-ply — and five-ply is just fancy marketing. But these pans will function as well as tri-ply and may be slightly more durable.

    The Small Set includes a 10-inch nonstick skillet, a 12-inch stainless skillet, a 2-quart saucepan and a stock pot. If you eat eggs or other similarly delicate foods regularly, it’s nice to have a set that includes at least one nonstick pan with the workhorse stainless steel, and Sardel’s  honeycomb-patterned PTFE coating resists scratches and is slick enough to slide a fried egg around in.

    This cookware is a step up designwise from the Tramontina set, with a shinier finish, more elegant handles, and pouring lips, all small touches that make this cookware set seem more refined overall. The branding is minimal, with a simple S logo, so these pots can easily go from stovetop to table. The skillets are larger and shallower, more like a crepe pan, but heat evenly, and the nonstick performs as well as any we’ve tried.

    Looks aside, how do these pans perform? The company claims the 5-ply construction, with three layers of aluminum sandwiched in 18/10 stainless steel, makes for better reactivity, but we didn’t notice these heating any more quickly than tri-ply pans. That said, they did heat and cook evenly and with little effort. The stainless steel pots and pans are oven safe up to 500 degrees F, but even the nonstick is oven safe up to 480 degrees F. The handles are comfortable and riveted, making these pans easy to handle with confidence. The company also offers a 30-day period to try the pans and return them if you’re not satisfied.

    new-cuisinart.jpg

    To be fair, this isn’t fully clad cookware, it’s what is known as “aluminum encapsulated,” or sometimes ”disc bottom,” which is more budget-friendly but lower in quality. Unlike fully clad cookware, which has an inner core of aluminum sandwiched by stainless steel comprising the entire pan, this cookware only has a clad bottom. That can be problematic because you won’t get the same even heating up the sides of the pans (which is really only an issue with skillets, although those do tend to be everyday pieces), and the pans may be bottom heavy.

    These pans are actually well-balanced and easy to maneuver, however, and the rapid heating comes in handy when using the saucepan or stockpot to boil water, or the saute pan to brown meat. It did result in the flour getting a little dark in our tests, but it’s easy enough to adjust by using lower heat. Once we did that, the egg fried as well as any in clad cookware.

    For its price, this cookware not only performs, it’s also well-designed, with touches you normally see in higher-end cookware including dripless pouring rims (that work!), interior measurements so you can tell at a glance how much to fill a saucepan for two quarts, for instance, stay-cool handles and clear glass lids let you see what’s cooking. The set includes the basic pieces as well as a steamer insert. In general, a good set for a budget price — it just may not be the best value over time, as fully clad cookware tends to hold up better and heat evenly for longer. If you’re looking for a better quality set you can invest in long term, Cuisinart makes fully clad sets with many of the same features at a reasonable price point.

    zwilling-lead-1.jpg

    Many home cooks just want a decent pan that’s easy to clean up, and nonstick cookware fulfills that requirement. But recent concerns over chemicals in nonstick coatings has expanded the market for materials. The Zwilling nonstick cookware set uses a traditional polytetrafluoroethylene, or PTFE nonstick coating bonded to metal, but without the harmful PFOA “forever chemicals.” The brand calls its coating DuraSlide and claims that it is much more durable than other kinds thanks to a plasma primer base.

    Our experiments show that there is a lot of legitimacy to this claim. The nonstick coating stood up to tough scraping with metal spatulas and a metal spoon. What’s more, it was one of the slickest surfaces, hands down, of every pan we tested. A fried egg actually slid around in the pan, and likely would have sans butter or fat. The coating even seems to almost repel water, so these pots and pans not only wash super easily, but dry quickly as well.

    The Madura Plus 10-piece set includes 8- and 10-inch skillets, 1.5- and 3-quart saucepans with glass lids, a 2.6-quart sauté pan with a lid, and a 5-quart Dutch oven. All are forged aluminum construction, which means they excel at heating quickly and evenly. The Madura pots and pans are mid-weight, with smooth oval handles and a clean profile. With a matte black finish and brushed nickel accents, they’re sleek looking, something you wouldn’t mind having sitting out on your stove top. The Zwilling logo is emblazoned on both the pans and lids, but it’s fairly discreet. Glass lids allow you to see what you’re cooking, although the handles are screw-on so they have the potential to loosen over time.

    This cookware set is induction friendly, and handles nicely — not too heavy or difficult to maneuver, and they have a dripless pouring rim to keep mess to a minimum. The handles are ergonomic and stay cool during cooking, and the pans didn’t warp even under extreme temperature changes. One caveat with these pans, however, is that they are not designed to be used in high heat or in the oven.

    While this cookware, like any nonstick, isn’t as multipurpose as stainless, it’s a good everyday set. It’s upscale aesthetic along with the unbeatable nonstick performance and durability puts this nonstick cookware set ahead of the rest

    Deciding whether to buy an entire cookware set, instead of stocking your kitchen a la carte, depends on a few key things. Most of us have certain pieces we use day-to-day, so it’s important to check what you already own, what needs upgrading and if it’s worth investing in a basic, quality set.

    For those looking to save some money, buying a set can be more economical than buying individual pieces separately. In addition, buying a set will help with kitchen aesthetics as well, offering a consistent look.

    Nonstick pans offer a quicker, easier way to cook and clean up, but the newest nonstick pans are also a safer alternative to older Teflon cookware. One thing to consider is that non-stick cookware will need to be replaced sooner than other types, mainly because the nonstick coatings will eventually fade. In addition, they won’t hold up as well to metal utensils without scratching.

    There’s a reason most professional kitchens are stocked with stainless steel cookware: It’s incredibly durable. Because stainless is not an excellent heat conductor, however, most modern cookware has an aluminum or copper core, giving you the best of both materials. This process is known as cladding and was patented by its inventor, who would go on to found the company All Clad. Those patents have since expired, so many companies can use the same technology. Clad stainless cookware has a number of benefits that make it ideal for everyday use: It heats evenly, is sturdy without being super heavy, is oven-safe, won’t warp in extreme temperatures, won’t react with acidic foods or be scratched easily by metal tools, and cleans up nicely. It’s also induction-friendly. Stainless can take some getting used to cooking with, however, since it’s not naturally noonstick. Clad stainless cookware is a good choice 99% of the time.

    To save money, some cookware is what is known as partially clad, also called encapsulated cookware or disc-bottom cookware. Only the base of these pots and pans is clad with a disc of aluminum or copper encapsulated in stainless steel. In general, these are not recommended over fully clad because they don’t heat as evenly and can be bottom heavy. If you do want to save money by going for some partially clad pieces, your best bets are saute pans, saucepans, and stock pots, because these don’t need the sides to heat up for cooking food the way skillets do.

    Anodized aluminum is made using an electrochemical process that permanently alters the surface of aluminum pots and pans to make them more durable and nonstick and less reactive. In some cases, these can be much harder than stainless steel, and tend to be less expensive than fully clad cookware while offering many of the same benefits. The main drawbacks of anodized cookware is that it is not induction-friendly, needs to be hand-washed, and has a darker appearance than stainless.

    You may hear cast iron and carbon steel called “naturally nonstick,” but this comes only after repeated seasonings, which can be tedious. Some cast iron is enamel-coated, a process that fuses powdered glass to the metal, which makes seasoning unnecessary. These pans are generally durable and add some color to a kitchen, but can chip, and are heavy. Carbon steel is a much lighter material, so it is more maneuverable, but tends to heat less evenly and be more expensive.

    An affordable and eco-friendly nonstick option, ceramic is an even better heat conductor than metal. Solid ceramic is just clay and water, but ceramic-coated metal cookware may be made from a silicon product. The major complaints about ceramic cookware is that it becomes less nonstick with use and time, and that it isn’t as durable as stainless.

    Each cookware set was unboxed and the pieces washed before use. Testing was done on a Waring Pro professional induction cooktop and a Kenmore Elite gas stovetop. For each set, we put the pieces through the following tests:

    Flour test: Using the smallest size skillet available, one tablespoon of all-purpose flour was sifted evenly to cover the bottom of the dry pan. The skillet was then heated on an induction burner to medium high (setting 4/7n on a Waring 120v induction range, first confirmed by Leidenfrost effect) and observed as the flour browned. The resulting pattern showed how evenly a pan heats, and how difficult it was to clean afterward.

    Egg test: Using the same skillet as the flour test, one-half tablespoon (7.06 g) of unsalted butter was melted on medium on an induction cooktop, then one large egg was cracked into the skillet and fried for a total of two minutes. This tests the pan’s release and cooking.

    The seared protein test: Using the largest skillet of each set, the pan was heated to high (6/7 on an induction cooktop) and one-half tablespoon of extra-virgin olive oil was added. A 3-ounce portion of salmon fillet with skin was added, skin side down, and the heat reduced to medium low (3/7). The fish was cooked for 5 minutes, then was flipped using a metal fish spatula and cooked for another 90 seconds until an instant read thermometer read 120 degrees F. This tested the searing capabilities of the pan, and how well it releases proteins.

    The warp test: The smallest skillet of each set was placed on an induction burner on the highest setting (7/7) and heated for 5 minutes, then plunged directly into ice water (48 degrees F). The pan was observed for any signs of warping.

    The rice test: The smallest saucepan of each set was used to cook one cup of jasmine rice according to package directions. The rice was rinsed, combined with one and a half cups of water in the saucepan and brought to a boil. The rice was then reduced to a simmer and the saucepan covered with its lid for 15 minutes.

    Pots and pans were also washed with dish soap and hot water. We noted the aesthetics and any functional features like ergonomic and stay-cool handles, pour spouts, and how well finishes stood up to fingerprints and stains. We considered the materials and construction of each cookware set, as well as its delivery on quality for value and any warranties offered.

    This set is new from OXO, a brand with a great balance of form and function, and was an extremely close second to our winning nonstick pan. This cookware set is utilitarian but also pleasing to the eye with matte gray and brushed stainless and a textured bottom. The handles are comfortable to grip and this cookware set is one of the few tested that has its handle rivets flush with the pan’s interior, which helps prevent debris from building up there, a common problem. That said, the lack of an opposing handle to grip on the saute pan feels like an oversight. The nonstick is free of harmful chemicals and cooks and cleans like a dream, but we did manage to scratch it (it took an effort, however). This set is also oven-safe to 600 degrees F (without lids) which is impressive for nonstick.

    This set is like a higher-end version of our winner, but in terms of design and performance, functions much the same. The brand has gained favor in the culinary world and does a lot of restaurant supply — the cookware set even came with an offer for a free online cooking class, which is a nice touch. And these are good, quality pots and pans, no doubt. They passed all tests with flying colors. At this pierce point, though, we were left wanting something more than a one-time cooking class. While durable and practical, these pans aren’t the prettiest to look at, and the nonstick was tougher to clean and showed more scratches in our tests than others.

    Known for their classic enameled cast-iron, Le Creuset is no stranger to quality cookware, and this set further exemplifies that. It’s design-forward with a mirror finish, obvious branding (so obvious one wonders why they have to include so many stickers on their products, which was an annoyance), and an appealing design. The flared pouring lips and interior measurements are nice touches as well, but as far as performance, this cookware was less consistent with even heating in both the flour and egg test. If you want cookware that’s instantly recognizable and are a sucker for a brand name, this may be a good fit. Otherwise, there are better ways to spend your money.

    This was definitely the most-fun-to-unbox set of cookware, as these ceramic-coated aluminum pots and pans come in a variety of colorways and with a complimentary fabric lid hanger and storage solution. The cookware is simple but modern, with curved stainless handles, and it includes a skillet, saute pan, saucepan and stockpot with lids. So you don’t get as many pieces as other cookware sets, but what you do get is well-designed and sturdy. It’s nonstick that’s free of harmful chemicals and oven safe up to 550 degrees F. It’s also more conductive than stainless, so heed the box’s warning to use medium to low heat. It’s not as versatile as stainless clad for everyday use, but if you’re going to invest in a second set, this could easily be the one for you.

    This nonstick set has similar issues to the Cuisinart set with uneven heating because of its aluminum encapsulated base. It’s also got a more basic design that wasn’t our favorite, but the brushed metal handles are comfortable and the pan was easy to clean. It comes with a 10-year guarantee against the nonstick chipping or flaking. You get one lid for the price of two because two of the pans are the same size, which can save on storage space. Also, the small skillet was fairly deep, which can help keep sauces from splattering and making a mess.

    This brand originated tri-ply technology and sweeps most reviews, so our non-recommendation may be surprising. This isn’t a bad set by any means, but we could not get past the ergonomics of the handles, which have a distinctive but unwieldy flattened V-shape. Some people don’t mind, and some might even prefer it, but our testers found it unnerving to sling hot pans by such a flimsy, uncomfortable grasp. This cookware set also failed to distinguish itself from comparable products by either design or performance. In fact, while the skillet seemed impervious to scratching, oil stains were extremely hard to remove.

    This is the brand’s midrange cookware set, made with tri-ply construction. In our tests, it always performed just slightly below other similar products, however, and was definitely harder to clean. The pans are a little heavier and not as easy to handle as others as well, and are only oven safe to 450 degrees F. The heating was also little less even.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best products we’ve tested in January: Smart locks, standing desks and more | CNN Underscored

    The best products we’ve tested in January: Smart locks, standing desks and more | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    CNN Underscored is constantly testing products — be those earbuds, electric razors or smart scales — to find the absolute best in each respective category. Our testing process is rigorous, starting out by spending hours of research to find the top products in each category. Once we create a testing pool of products, we test and retest each product multiple times in real-world settings over several weeks or even months.

    This year, we’ve already tested dozens of products — from smart locks to standing desks to office chairs — to find the best products you need to make life better. Here are the winning products from January.

    The game offers the series’ best gameplay yet

    The minute-to-minute gameplay in Fire Emblem Engage is the best the Fire Emblem series has offered so far. So if you’re an old-school Fire Emblem fan — and care about great tactical role-playing action — then we think Engage is worth picking up.

    A game with likable characters with fun powers and abilities

    Forspoken is an action role-playing game featuring Frey Holland, a young female protagonist trapped in the land of Athia who must use her newfound magical abilities to find her way home. We liked the game’s likable characters, fun powers and abilities, and interesting story.

    Best smart lock overall

    The Yale Assure Lock 2 is a full-featured replacement smart lock with a sleek, modular design that lets you buy just what you need and upgrade as you like. We found it easy to use and share access to our test home, and it integrates easily with smart HomeKit, Alexa and Google Home.

    Best value smart lock

    Detailed instructions make the affordable Wyze Lock Bolt a breeze to install. It’s simple to use whether you’re just looking to get into your home or share codes with guests, plus we think it looks nicer than other budget locks we tested.

    Best scanner app for mobile overall

    During our testing, we found Genius Scan Ultra to be the fastest scanner app, and also the best at performing text recognition on documents. While saving scanned items, we liked the app’s ability to accurately suggest tags based on location, calendar events and document contents.

    Best video editing app overall

    Filmora Video Editor & Maker is a feature-rich video editing app with the largest and most varied content libraries of all the mobile apps we tested. What’s more, we found we could do more with our two test videos we created with Filmora than with any of the other apps we tested.

    Best office chair overall

    The Steelcase Series 1 stood out during testing as one of the most customizable, high-quality, comfortable office chairs on the market, beating out chairs double the price — and making it the best bang for the buck.

    A stylish, minimalist chair to suit almost any office space

    The Verve Chair is Branch’s most stylish office chair. During testing, we found it comfortable and supportive, and its slimmed-down look and simplified adjustments make it a good fit for home office spaces. Armrest adjustment is limited, and it isn’t for the very tall, but it’s a solid piece of furniture if it matches your measurements.

    Best standing desk overall

    The Branch Adjustable Standing Desk is a near-perfect desk that can handle multiple monitors, dual laptops and a plethora of knickknacks. It’s also incredibly sturdy, with one of the best builds we encountered during testing.

    A luxurious solid-wood standing desk that’s worth the splurge

    While most standing desks we tested use medium density fiberboard (MDF) tops, the Ergonofis Sway’s solid-wood surface gave it a more stable feel and a more luxurious, fine-furniture look than any other ergonomic desk we’ve tested.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best electric razors in 2023 | CNN Underscored

    The best electric razors in 2023 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Electric razors have improved by leaps and bounds in recent years. Unlike the bulky, uncomfortable and not-all-that-effective buzzers you may have tried in the past, the latest models can easily serve as your primary grooming tool. Even manual razor purists can’t deny the convenience of an electric razor, which lets you shave dry, allowing you the option of a close, comfortable shave without shaving cream (or even a bathroom sink) when you’re in a hurry. And wet-dry models can do both, letting you choose whichever method is most convenient on a given day.

    We tested 14 of the most popular electric razors on the market, using them for weeks in our personal shaving routine. We evaluated them on overall shaving performance, ease of use, how easy they were to maintain and clean and their convenience for travel.

    The best electric razor overall

    The Arc5’s five-blade head gave us one of the closest, smoothest shaves in our testing, and that, along with an assortment of high-end features — an ergonomic handle, useful digital display and an effective cleaning dock — made it the best electric shaver overall in our testing.

    The best electric razor on a budget

    A no-frills electric shaver that delivers a surprisingly effective shaving experience at an affordable price. It’s dry-shave only, and not as easy to clean as top models, but it gives you an impressively clean shave for the money.

    A great splurge electric razor

    If you’re looking for a close, smooth and speedy shave and you’re willing to spend a bit more money, the Braun Series 9 will give you that, along with better build quality, an easier to use cleaning dock and an AirPod-style charging case in a luxurious package that’s worth the extra money.

    Combining a high-performance shave with straightforward, user-friendly operation, the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 was an easy choice as my top pick. With its five-blade head and cleaning/charging dock, you’re getting the perks of a high-end model without the intimidating price tag.

    The Panasonic Arc5 LV95 performed well in my shaving tests, delivering a comfortable and surprisingly fast shave across the board: about 3 minutes total to take care of my three-day beard. The five-blade head — four foils and a trimming cutter — worked together to efficiently tackle longer, flat-lying hairs in my three-day growth test, and gave a really close shave the next day during my maintenance shave. I also appreciated that the pivoting head can be locked in place, which is convenient for precision work.

    The ergonomic handle gave the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 a well-balanced, lightweight feel in my hand too, and the textured rubber sides ensured a sturdy grip. The trimmer accessory flips up from the back of the razor head, and made it easy to clean up my sideburns or stray hairs under my nose or neck.

    My favorite feature of the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 — and a great example of its utilitarian design — is the travel lock. A low-profile lever under the power button toggles the lock on and off, with a simple padlock icon to indicate its use. I found this physical control more convenient than the  “hold down the power button for 3 seconds” method used by some other razors, and it took any guesswork out of whether it was activated or not.

    Cleaning the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 can be done either manually by removing the cassette head, or using the included cleaning station. When cleaning manually under the faucet, a “sonic cleaning mode” vibrates the blades extremely quickly for 20 seconds to better dislodge dirt and hair as you rinse it, a feature that made it noticeably more effective than most other razor models. If you prefer a more set-it-and-forget-it method, simply pop the razor into the cleaning station and select the ”clean” mode.

    It's easy to pop off the Panasonic Arc5's head for manual cleaning.

    This process takes about 10 minutes, and although it’s much louder than I expected, I found that the competing Braun stations were equally noisy. The main drawback to the Panasonic cleaning station is that it uses an open reservoir into which you pour a mix of a detergent packet and water, as opposed to using resealable pods like Braun. This means that if you decide to travel with a Panasonic cleaning station, you’ll have to dump out the detergent, which is not ideal.

    The digital display of the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 is simple and provides all of the information you need at a glance. A circular battery level indicator lets you know how long you have before the razor needs a recharge, and a cleaning mode icon tells you when the sonic cleaning mode is initiated. This display also features an automatic timer, which lets you know exactly how long your shaving session lasted (handy for testing, though it may not have much of an impact on your daily routine).

    While the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 isn’t exactly cheap, the user-friendly design, great performance and comfortable shaving experience make it worth the price.

    The Remington F5-5800 electric razor

    I’ll admit that I had my doubts when unboxing the Remington F5-5800, but as soon as I started shaving with it, I understood why it’s been such a popular razor for so long. Although it has an unconventional shape and lacks the sleek, modern look of more recent, higher-end models, the Remington F5-5800 delivers a surprisingly effective shaving experience at a fraction of the price.

    The curved body was a little awkward to hold at first, but I quickly came to appreciate how it naturally placed the blade head in a convenient position for shaving. This design, combined with a pivoting head, made it really easy to comfortably maneuver around the contours of my jaw. Although the head lacks any side-to-side movement, I never felt limited in the flexibility department, so we don’t think this is a drawback; a razor doesn’t need to offer 360-degree pivoting to give you a good shave. Our splurge pick, the nearly flawless Braun Series 9 Pro, also only provides back-and-forth pivoting.

    Its three-blade head — two foils and a single trimming element — gave a close, really comfortable shave, even on my thick, three-day beard. It handled my maintenance shave easily as well, and the pop-up trimmer was perfectly adequate for finishing off any hard-to-reach hairs and evening up my sideburns.

    The Remington F5-5800 lacks a display screen, but a row of LEDs clearly displays the battery level in 20% increments. Although it can be cleaned with water, the Remington F5-5800 is not a wet-dry shaver, which does limit its usefulness a bit. But a major plus, and a feature not found on many other razors, is its ability to operate when the charging cord is plugged in, so you’re not out of luck if you’ve forgotten to charge.

    My major complaint with the Remington F5-5800 is that it feels flimsy compared to more expensive razors — the build quality of the head and blade setup doesn’t feel up to the same level as our overall pick, and some of the functional details aren’t as well thought out. The blade cover doesn’t use any latch or lever mechanism for removal, instead requiring you to grip and pull it off for cleaning, which is not always easy with wet or slippery fingers. Inside, the individual blades were also not fixed to the unit itself, and would fall out when I opened it. These blades were simple to put back in place and stable in use, but the arrangement made cleaning more inconvenient than with the other models we tested.

    Given this, we don’t know if the Remington F5-5800 can offer the long-term durability of our top picks, but it does have a solid reputation. If you’re looking for a cheap, effective dry-shaving razor and don’t need a bunch of bells and whistles, it is a great choice.

    The Braun Series 9 Pro electric razor

    If you want the closest, most comfortable and speediest shave and you’re not concerned about spending quite a bit to get it, the Braun Series 9 Pro is a great choice. It’s clearly a high-quality tool, the latest in a series that the company has been developing for years, with an obvious focus on providing a superior shaving performance.

    The Series 9 Pro has a solid feel, with rubber sides and a textured thumb grip that make it easy to maintain control as you shave. It also made us worry a lot less about accidentally dropping it into the sink or on the counter during use. First, it seems unlikely, and second, it feels built to survive any minor mishap. It felt like a better-built tool than even the other ultra-high-end razor we tested, the Panasonic Arc6.

    My favorite feature of the Braun Series 9 Pro is its multifunctional blade setup, which makes it one of the more versatile razors I tested. With two foils, a standard trimming element and a “ProLift” trimmer, the Braun Series 9 Pro is designed to capture and trim both short and long hairs, as well as awkwardly angled hairs.

    The blades aren’t just there for show — the Braun really delivers on shave speed and quality. I was most surprised at how well, and more importantly, how fast these blades worked, especially during my three-day beard test. I was able to completely shave my three-day beard in about 1 minute and 30 seconds, noticeably faster than the still-speedy Panasonic Arc5 LV95, which clocked in at nearly 3 minutes. It was no surprise that this blade setup also made for one of the most comfortable shaves in my testing, with zero irritation issues.

    You can clean the Braun Series 9 Pro either by popping off the cassette cover and rinsing it under water, or using the cleaning station. Unlike a lot of other models that required a frustrating amount of tugging and squeezing to remove their cassette covers, the Braun Series 9 Pro features two release buttons on either side of the head that allow you to pop it right off. This convenient and functional design (it reattaches with a nice solid click too), only added to my confidence in its overall construction.

    The charging dock/cleaning station ensures that the razor is easy to grab whenever you need it, and you never have to worry about plugging and unplugging a separate power cord every time you want to charge it.

    The dock is easy to use, too. The included cleaning cartridge was simple to slide into place and made things less messy than the dock used with the Panasonic Arc5, which required us to mix our own cleaning solution.

    Once you’re set up, you simply place the razor into the charging dock, press the start button and that’s it. The razor automatically chooses the intensity level of cleaning required. The unexpected noise level of the cleaning mode — it’s loud — was the only real drawback to the Braun Series 9 Pro, although cleaning only took a few minutes.

    The Braun Series 9 Pro also includes a “power case,” an upgraded version of the zippered storage case offered by other razors that works a bit like the charging cases you’re probably familiar with from Apple AirPods and other true wireless headphones. The magnetic lid and sturdy, hard-sided design of this case not only protect the razor during transport, but provide extra power if the razor’s battery runs low. I also really appreciated the dedicated mount for the small cleaning brush, the only razor in my testing pool to offer this.

    For someone who wants their morning routine to be as efficient as possible, without sacrificing comfort or performance, the Braun Series 9 Pro could definitely be worth the investment.

    Best Electric Razors Group Photo

    Alex Rennie/CNN Underscored

    If you love using a manual razor and relish your morning ritual, no, you probably don’t need an electric razor. But if you find that you don’t always have time for a manual shave, dislike the high cost of cartridges or you share a sink with a disorganized roommate, an electric razor can make your routine easier.

    The most obvious benefit of an electric razor is its ability to dry-shave your face. This means that unlike cartridge or safety razors that tether you to a sink and water supply, electric razors let you shave anywhere, which is great if you’re running late for work. You can complete your morning shave anywhere: in the parking lot before walking into work, an office restroom or an airport bathroom after a red-eye flight. (We’ve even seen commuters shaving while they’re stopped at red lights, but we don’t recommend it.)

    Those who want to avoid nicks and cuts or razor bumps will also appreciate the safety of an electric razor. While they can still cause some razor burn if used incorrectly, their blades don’t actually come in contact with your skin, so it’s highly unlikely that you’ll get nicked or scratched, and since they cut your facial hair slightly above the skin’s surface rather than flush like a manual razor, you’re less likely to get razor bumps from ingrown hairs if you have coarse, curly facial hair.

    Even if you prefer to use your favorite shaving cream or gel, most electric razors are “wet/dry” models; the higher-end models we tested are waterproof and can even be used in the shower. Wet shaving with an electric razor doesn’t provide quite the same satisfying feel as using lather with a manual razor, however. Instead of removing foam and hair in uniform strokes, you’re just kind of moving the foam around your face as you go. You’ll get the job done, but don’t expect the same sort of ritual.

    Electric razors have a bit of a learning curve, but once you understand how their blades work and take the time to read their instruction manuals, they’re pretty straightforward.

    Foil razors have thin metal screens that allow your facial hairs to slip through, where they’re cut by a series of small blades vibrating back and forth. Longer hairs can have difficulty entering these small holes, which is why most foil razors also feature a trimmer element with a larger opening. Rotary razors use the same basic concept, but use circular spinning blades and covers that allow beard hairs to slip through. They don’t cut as close as a manual razor — they trim the hair at the inner surface of the foil, so a bit above the skin surface — but today’s foils are very thin to begin with, and multiple elements do a thorough job.

    When shaving with a foil razor, you’ll want to position the head at a 90-degree angle to your face and use light pressure to run it against the grain of your beard. Use your other hand to stretch the skin tight, giving the razor as much tight, flat skin as you can. Your beard grain can change around your neck, so you may need to change your stroke direction in order to capture and trim those hairs.

    With the foil razors we tested, a mix of vertical and horizontal strokes helped smooth out any stubborn areas. For rotary razors, circular strokes are recommended.

    For especially hard-to-reach areas like directly under your nose, stubborn long hairs you just can’t seem to cut or straight sideburns, use the trimmer tool.

    Regardless of the type of razor you use, make sure to use gentle pressure at first to avoid causing irritation or razor burn, which you can still get even through an electric razor’s foil if you push down excessively to catch stubborn growth.

    To choose the best razor for you, the most important factor to consider is your personal shaving routine and frequency.

    If you’re a strict daily shaver, you can probably get away with a simpler — and usually cheaper — model.

    The situation is different if you aren’t an everyday shaver. Electric razors can struggle with longer growth since longer hairs have trouble making their way through the foil. So if you shave infrequently, you’ll benefit from a razor that includes at least one trimming blade in addition to the foil blades. While the foils are best suited for dealing with short stubble, these trimming blades have a larger opening perfect for capturing long or low-lying hairs.

    You should also think about whether you want a razor that includes a cleaning station. While most electric razors are easy to clean yourself by simply popping off the head cover and running under the faucet, if you shave daily, the frequency of this process can be a pain. A dedicated cleaning station uses a solution to thoroughly clean your razor head at the push of a button. These stations can be noisy and add to the overall price, but they do all the work for you, and most double as a charging dock as well.

    When it comes to razor type, I personally didn’t feel much difference between the performance of foil versus rotary models. My research does point towards rotary razors delivering a slightly-less-close shave though, and they can be slightly more irritating to those with sensitive skin.

    We tested each razor initially with a three-day beard. Here, the Panasonic Arc5 makes short work of the growth, giving us a close, clean shave.

    We ran each razor through a comprehensive testing process to better understand their specific differences and accurately compare one versus another. It’s important to note that since everyone’s skin and hair type are different, personal preference will be more subjective with electric razors than other products. I did my best to use my personal experience as more of a comparison tool, instead of concrete fact in regards to comfort and skin irritability. It’s also important to remember that my testing window was relatively brief, and that it can take up to three weeks to fully see how your skin reacts to a razor. I will use my long-term testing results to update this article.

    Since a major selling point of electric razors is their convenience, it’s important that they’re easy to use. Straightforward operation not only translates into a quicker shave — essential for mornings when time is an issue — but a safer one as well. A razor that’s challenging to use is more likely to result in improper technique that results in skin irritation. I evaluated each model’s overall usability and ease of use, noting if the operational controls seemed unnecessarily complicated or if any display screens were too cluttered or vague to be useful. I thoroughly reviewed each razor’s instruction manual as well, evaluating it on how well it explained the specific technique to use the razor properly, as well as how to use any additional features.

    To test the shaving capability of each razor, I first grew a three-day beard and shaved each side of my face with a different razor. I compared how effectively each razor fared with these longer hairs, specifically if they struggled and needed several passes to complete the job. I then used the same razors the next day to judge how they worked as a daily “maintenance” tool. During these tests I noted how the razors felt in my hand, how comfortable the head and blades felt on my face and how close the overall shave felt when I was finished. I also noted their ability to easily maneuver and access challenging areas like under my nose or around my mouth. If applicable, I also tested each razors wet-shave function by shaving with shaving cream.

    After my shaving tests, I cleaned each razor according to its specific cleaning instructions. I noted whether or not removing the razor head was easy or frustrating, and how effectively their small brushes swept away debris. I also evaluated the ease of use and overall performance of any cleaning stations, noting any issues with loading cleaning detergent, noise levels and cleaning mode times.

    Since electric razors are touted for their travel convenience, I compared the type and quality of their travel locks and storage cases, as well as their overall size and weight. Finally, I packed all 14 razors into my luggage for a cross-country flight for a real-world test of their usefulness on the road.

    I really enjoyed the close, comfortable shave I got with this compact, inexpensive rotary razor, but the cluttered design and “light stimulation” LEDs seemed at best more trouble than they were worth and at worst just counterproductive. These three LEDs can be switched from blue (to, the company claims, reduce the appearance of acne) to red (which Mowbie claims can rejuvenate the skin) or switched off for a standard shave. While using the LEDs, the manual directs you to “keep the device in the same area for 3 minutes at a time for maximum benefits,” which seemed contrary to best practices for an effective shave. A disclaimer on the Mowbie website didn’t inspire much confidence in the effectiveness of these lights either. All that said, while the lights don’t seem worth it, I loved the compact size, light weight and comfort of the rotary blades, which tackled my three-day growth and maintenance shaves equally well.

    The bright yellow color of this wet/dry Wahl shaver is a refreshing alternative to black and silver options (and makes it easy to find in your bag if you take it with you on the road), and it’s affordable. It wasn’t comfortable to shave with, however, and struggled to cut longer, low-lying neck hairs during my three-day shave test. It also doesn’t have a visual battery level indicator, just a single “low battery” LED to let you know when it’s running low. That said, its ergonomic rubber grip and thick plastic body give it a nice heavy-duty feel, so along with the bright color it is a practical option for travelers who keep it ready in a suitcase or commuters who want something for the glovebox. It just won’t necessarily give you the closest, most comfortable shave. Plus it has a 5-year warranty, the longest of any razor I tested.

    The Panasonic Arc4 wet-dry model was a popular option several years ago, and remains on the market, but advancements in design and technology ultimately put more current models ahead of it on my list. The four cutting elements provided a comfortable, close shave in my testing, especially on longer neck hairs, but the bulky head required a bit of a learning curve to use comfortably. This razor is really easy to clean, too; just pop off the cassette and run it under the faucet. I also appreciated the physical travel lock, which I feel is just easier to use than models that require an extended press of the power button to activate. It’s still a good razor, but if you want a slimmer head with the same cutting power, it’s worth stepping up to a newer Panasonic or getting the more-advanced Braun Series 7 7071cc.

    This multifunctional device is an all-in-one small bath or travel solution, and features a detachable handle, allowing you to swap out the razor head for the included nose/ear trimmer or toothbrush attachments. Although I appreciated its minimal design and straightforward operation, I found the razor attachment lacking in function and performance. It wasn’t able to shave as close as the other options I tested, and the fixed head was less comfortable to maneuver around my jaw. Even though I probably wouldn’t recommend this as your primary razor, it could certainly be convenient as a travel option, especially since it includes a high-quality and roomy storage bag to keep all the extra pieces organized.

    I loved the compact size and comfortable, ergonomic handle of this razor, and the pivoting head gave a great shave during testing. The main drawback of this model is the design of the cleaning/charging station, which automatically initiates a cleaning cycle every time you place the razor inside to charge. The surprisingly loud cleaning cycle makes this especially annoying. You can also charge the razor by plugging it into the cord itself, but this does defeat half the purpose of the dock. The instruction manual was also inexplicably vague, using basic illustrations and almost zero written instructions. (I also tested the Braun Series 7 7085cc, which is almost identical, but is black instead of silver.)

    Andis reSurge

    This Andis razor has a solid, high-quality feel and along with the Andis Profoil Shaver, received high praise from my barber. I personally had issues with its ability to shave longer neck hairs during my testing, which was especially inconvenient due to the lack of a separate trimmer. The head cover was also really difficult to remove for cleaning, and took a few minutes of tugging to finally pry it off. I did appreciate the slick minimal look though, and the magnetic head cover really makes it feel like a high-end tool.

    The unique blade design of the Philips Norelco OneBlade made it one of the most enjoyable razors I tested. Its compact wet-dry head is even smaller than the one on the manual razor I usually use, allowing me to clearly see my shaving area as I went. This combines the convenience of a dry shave with the precision and satisfaction of a manual shaver. This narrow blade does require a few more passes than traditional electric razors, but since it’s essentially a high-performance trimmer, you won’t have to go over the same area multiple times. It did give a slightly less close shave than multi-blade razors, making it better suited to precision trimming and two- to three-day shaves. A multi-blade option would probably be a better choice for daily users.

    Andis Profoil Shaver

    I was really impressed with the performance of this little razor, and the enthusiastic recommendation from my barber gave me confidence that it’s durable enough to last a long time. Even though it lacks the pivoting head of higher-priced models, the flat shape, staggered foils and practically weightless body made this razor easy to angle around the contours of my face. It’s not waterproof though, so you won’t be able to wet shave or clean this razor under the faucet. That said, if you’re looking for a no-frills, dry-shave razor, stop looking and just buy this one.

    If price is no object, and you want a high-performance tool that looks and feels like the Ferrari of razors, the Panasonic Arc 6 is probably what you’re looking for. Its six-blade head (the most of any electric razor) gave an efficient and close shave, and the ultra-smooth head movement had no trouble traversing the contours of my jaw. Although this blade variety and flexibility makes the Panasonic Arc 6 well-suited to tackle a wide variety of hair lengths and types, it would probably be overkill for everyday shavers. Keep in mind that our “splurge” pick, the Braun Series 9 Pro, does a similarly great job and can be had for about $150 less.

    This rotary shaver was a real joy to use, and I was surprised at how well its relatively bulky head was able to reach tighter areas, like under my nose and lips. It also features smartphone connectivity and a mobile app, which monitors your shaving data and provides tips and feedback on your pressure and technique. This app seemed like overkill and likely will be for most, but I could see it being useful for a first-time shaver, or those trying to diagnose the cause of a shaving-related skincare issue. Although the cleaning station is much more compact than other models I tested, it was a bit messy to use, and also does not double as a charging dock.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The Ergonofis Sway is a luxurious standing desk with a fine-furniture top and elegant controls | CNN Underscored

    The Ergonofis Sway is a luxurious standing desk with a fine-furniture top and elegant controls | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    A standing desk is a standing desk — or is it? Maybe if you’re just looking at it as a way to be less sedentary, but there’s more to a piece of furniture than that.

    Since these ergonomic tools are now widely accepted, the standing desk is a mature concept and many brands are using the same good-quality generic lift legs and controller mechanisms. This means you’re more likely to get a good desk whatever you choose, but also means that you see a lot of samey desks out there.

    But it also means that you have more choices and can zero in on what matters, whether that’s value or the quality of the top and accessories. Our recommendations for the best standing desk mostly use MDF tops — the solid, durable engineered material that makes up a lot of the furniture you likely own — and because of that you can get them in a huge range of finishes, profiles, and sizes to suit your office.

    But the Canadian brand Ergonofis is among the manufacturers who have gone in a different direction, with desktops and a range of accessories and add-ons fabricated from solid woods. And after a couple of months of using one, we think that if you can afford it, the fine-furniture quality top really does separates it from the MDF models. It looks fantastic and the extra heft makes for a very solid work surface, especially noticeable when standing.

    A luxurious solid-wood standing desk that’s worth the splurge

    While most standing desks we’ve tested use MDF tops, the Sway’s solid-wood surface gave it a more stable feel and more luxurious, fine-furniture look and feel than any other ergonomic desk we’ve tried.

    The nicest thing about the Sway is that after using several MDF-topped desks it looks and feels like a piece of fine furniture, not just a tool for work. It’s great if you want your home office to look more “home” than “office” while still taking advantage of the ergonomic benefits of a mechanized desktop.

    Our sample Sway desk, with a solid cherry top (it’s a serious 1.25-inch thick slab of lumber, beautifully finished), matching monitor bridge/shelf and storage drawer, arrived impeccably and securely packaged — should you get one, you can put aside any worries you might have about the wood top getting damaged in transit.

    It looks great, and based on our experience so far the surface should weather nicely over time rather than chipping or discoloring like manufactured surfaces can. We managed to put a small ding in the edge of the drawer front while assembling (apologies!), but frankly it just looks like natural imperfection in the wood and doesn’t detract. The surfaces overall have a rich, robust surface with visible grain that looks great and feels good to the touch. Ergonofis includes a leather coaster for your coffee; a nice touch that’ll help protect the desk.

    The wooden top (we tested in the 30” X 60” size) is quite heavy, assembly was simple, with everything clearly laid out and the directions clear, so we were up and running pretty quickly. The frame (which uses the well-regarded Linak motor drive) includes built-in cable management, so it was easy to keep everything tidy under the desk (the desk ships with a cable net which does the job nicely; we opted for the cable management grid that provides tie-down points and a power bar).

    Once we settled in for use, programming the controller was a breeze. The touchscreen brain can be set up to recall standing and seated positions for four users, and the commands are intuitive. The touch panel itself is beautiful, easy to read even in bright sun, intuitive to use and seems very solidly built. You can set up standing and sitting heights for four users (great if you’re sharing a space) and it’s simple to make small adjustments on the fly — really among the easiest interfaces we’ve tried.

    The monitor shelf Ergonofis supplies simply sits on the desktop (it comes premounted with felt pads), but it was completely stable even loaded with a 32

    The coordinated solid-wood monitor bridge (starting at $195) is a great addition, and while it simply rests on the desktop on felt pads it is stable enough to hold a 32” 4K monitor and a pair of substantial studio monitor speakers without any creaking or wobbling, even while raising and lowering the desk repeatedly.

    The Ergonofis touchpad controller is intuitive and responsive and we enjoyed using it, but the raised glass surface means you can't set down something flat securely on that corner of the desk.

    The Sway uses lovely materials and is a pleasure to use, but that comes at a price — this is an expensive desk. Depending on what species you choose, the Sway can cost from $100 to around $300 more than what an equivalent solid-wood top would cost you from Uplift, who build our favorite standing desk overall (we tested and recommended their MDF-topped model).

    While Ergonofls offers a wide range of convenient accessories, from laptop stands to drawer units, you don’t get quite the number of options Uplift offers (there’s no choice of C-versus T-style lift legs, for instance), and a cable management system isn’t included in the overall price as it is for Uplift’s desks. Ergonofis’ very substantial power and cable management grid and privacy screen is a $235 extra while a simpler power supply/power strip is a little cheaper at $70, but either one brings the overall package price a bit higher than Uplift’s similarly spec’d higher-end offerings.

    And while we love the smooth operation and memory capabilities, the top mounted controller surface does take up precious desktop real estate, and we found ourselves wishing occasionally for a side- or under-the-top mounting (a la Uplift’s solutions) so we could lay something flat across that corner of the desktop. We actually prefer the controller mounting system used on the company’s cheaper Shift standing desk, which places the controls out of the way under the desk surface.

    The Sway is a beautiful desk — one of the nicest standing desks we’ve tried over the years and something that’ll look good in most home offices. It’s easy to share between two people, has plenty of range, is stable and feels great, and if you’re looking to spend more time on your feet in your home office but you want something that looks more like a piece of fine furniture than most models you’ll find on the market, it’s a great choice and you’ll enjoy using it.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best clothes steamers in 2023 | CNN Underscored

    The best clothes steamers in 2023 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    A clothes steamer is the perfect tool to eliminate wrinkles quickly and easily on delicate clothing items or pieces that are too big to fit on an ironing board. Using a heating element and a water reservoir — like an electric tea kettle — a clothing steamer produces a powerful flow of steam that gently removes wrinkles and creases from nearly any fabric.

    We put 13 handheld and upright clothes steamers to the test, tackling a variety of fabric types and articles of clothing. After evaluating each one’s performance, usability and build quality, we found three that’ll keep your clothes and furnishings looking tidy whether you’re at home or on the road.

    Best clothes steamer overall

    With a range of steam settings and attachments that let you take care of any type of clothing, and a stable, simple-to-use design, the Conair Turbo Extreme Steam Handheld Fabric Steamer combines ease of use with maximum functionality.

    Best handheld clothes steamer for travel

    The Chi Handheld Garment Steamer weighs just 1.1 lbs and, thanks to a stick-style design and included travel bag, is perfect for tossing into a suitcase or duffel bag.

    Best upright clothes steamer

    The Rowenta IS6520 Master 360 upright features a unique triangular head that’s effective on a variety of items and, combined with a convenient foot pedal and extra-large water tank, edged out the competition.

    The Conair Turbo Extreme Steam is easy to use, and has intuitive controls and a well-balanced design

    Straightforward controls, a wide range of useful steam levels, convenient attachments and a comfortable, well-balanced design made the Conair Turbo Extreme Steam the best handheld clothes steamer we tested, and our favorite steamer to use overall.

    This steamer performed well in all of our testing right from the beginning. While its start-up time is advertised as 40 seconds, we timed it at just 20 seconds. The wide steamer head powered through our test shirt and dress, and was able to handle wide sections of curtains with each pass. The head’s slots (other models use a pattern of smaller holes) produce a consistent, steady flow of steam, and we experienced minimal spitting or dripping.

    A single adjustment button lets you set how much steam you want to use (the current setting is conveniently indicated using a series of colored LEDs), and we were able to get exactly as much as we needed in our testing. The trigger-style main steam button is easy to press, and since it let us generate steam only when we wanted it, was much more convenient to use than other models that only had a simple off-on switch with a continuous steam flow. The small footprint makes the Conair easy to handle, and the design isn’t top-heavy like some other small steamers, letting us securely set it down between sessions.

    At 7.3 ounces, the Conair Turbo Extreme Steam’s water tank is fairly small compared to other handheld models, but in our testing it was enough to provide about 20 minutes of steaming time per tank. And thanks to the steam trigger and the ability to adjust the output to exactly what you want, you’ll only use the amount of steam you need, maximizing the time between refills. Made of clear plastic, this tank was the easiest to see through compared to any other model’s, making it simple to know when it was running low. It was also easy to remove and reattach, thanks to a sturdy latch mechanism. We turned the steamer upside down repeatedly to test for leaks and never spilled a drop.

    We were also impressed with the three attachments that Conair included with this steamer: a bristle brush for loosening fibers as you go, a spacer to provide some extra room while you are working with delicates, and our favorite, a silicone band that helps pull the fabric taut as you go, letting you work one-handed more easily, and reducing the chances of frustrating steam burns.

    The Chi handheld steamer is compact for travel, and does a great job.

    If you’re looking for a lightweight option that won’t take up valuable room in your suitcase, the Chi Handheld Garment Steamer is a great choice. Its slim, straight body and vertical steam head took a little getting used to, especially compared to the horizontal orientation of every other model we tested, but after a few minutes we figured out how to use it effectively. The slim head was especially effective when it came to eliminating wrinkles around the collar and on the short sleeves of a linen shirt — exactly the kinds of applications in which you’d be likely to use a travel-friendly device like this. The small steamer head and limited capacity make it impractical for use on larger items like curtains, but it’s really not meant for such jobs anyway. And if you’re only looking to occasionally tidy up creases in a shirt or dress, it’s perfect for occasional home use too.

    Even though it weighs just 1.1 pounds, the Chi steamer still has a solid, heavy-duty feel to it, — it isn’t at all flimsy like some other lightweight models. Plus, since the water tank is permanently located inside the handle and doesn’t detach like other models, there aren’t any moving parts that can be cracked or damaged during transport. Although its tank capacity is smaller than most handhelds we tested, it still provides enough steam for 5 minutes of use, plenty for the sort of touch-ups the device is designed for.

    The main drawback of the Chi is the fact that it doesn’t have a base, so you can’t stand it upright when not using it. That said, the convenient trigger-style switch makes this less of an issue, since you can just toss it on a bed or tabletop without worrying about uncontrolled steam damaging anything.

    The Rowenta IS6520 Master 360’s triangular head made it our favorite upright steamer

    The Rowenta IS6520 Master 360 Full Size Garment and Fabric Steamer is well-built, really easy to use, and capable of getting the job done quickly. The Rowenta’s unique triangular steamer head let us reach under collars, into sleeves and along pleats and creases — areas that wide, flat steamer heads tended to struggle with. The top-mounted cradle for this steamer head also securely held it in place between steaming sessions, unlike some other models that felt unstable and flimsy.

    Upright steamers need to have a sturdy, solid construction, and the Rowenta delivers, with a hefty base; a wide, oval-shaped pole; and a heavy-duty hanger on top that could hold an impressive amount of clothing. This stability, combined with the large, textured wheels, helps make this steamer comfortable to use and easy to wheel from room to room. The thick, insulated hose added to the feeling that this steamer was built to last.

    This steamer also includes useful accessories, like a lint pad, a fabric brush and a steam bonnet to prevent any water droplets from contacting your clothes (although we never experienced this). The 1-gallon water tank was big enough to be used for a large quantity of items, and should really cut down on annoying refills.

    The large foot pedal was another convenient feature. We loved not only how big it was, but also the raised shape that was easy to operate and the satisfying click when it powered on and off. (You could also just press this button with your hand if you prefer not to use your foot.) We only took issue with the relatively short power cord, which at 6 feet long is shorter than the other full-size upright steamers we tested.

    Handheld steamers are compact, easy to handle and powerful enough to handle most clothing care tasks.

    When sourcing steamers to test, we researched popular review sites and retailers for well-known standbys, and checked out social media to look for new products readers might want to know more about. Taking price, size and style into consideration, we eventually landed on a set of 13 upright and handheld steamers aimed at home and travel use. We then ran each steamer through a set of tests, comparing and contrasting how they performed while removing wrinkles from a range of fabrics, using three basic test pieces.

    • We bundled up a short-sleeve linen shirt and noted how long it took each steamer to eliminate the wrinkles. We did our best to pay close attention to how well each model worked in the collar and sleeve areas.
    • We bunched up a long cotton dress overnight for maximum wrinkles and used each steamer to smooth out creases. The long length of the dress also made it useful for comparing upright steamers and their ability to securely and conveniently hold them in place during steaming.
    • By steaming long window curtains, we were able to judge each steamer’s ability to process large fabric pieces. This was also a convenient way to judge each steamer’s portability and mobility, especially when reaching up high and down low.

    We also judged the steamers on their overall durability, how easy they were to use and any special features and attachments.

    Steaming your clothes is something you don’t want to spend a lot of time doing, so it’s important that steamers are simple to use once they’ve heated up. We paid close attention to how straightforward the controls were, as well as how comfortable the steamer was to use overall.

    If you’ll be using your steamer on a variety of items, you’ll want it to be versatile enough to use safely and effectively. We compared any and all attachments that came with each steamer, as well as any settings that allowed you to adjust the steam output levels.

    We compared the size of each water tank, which is an effective way to determine how long they’ll steam for and how many items they can get through. We also tested each tank for security and leakage, noting any potential issues.

    We paid close attention to whether or not each steamer spit any water onto the fabric while steaming, something that is both annoying as well as potentially damaging to delicate fabrics. We also flipped each steamer upside down several times to test the security of its water tank.

    We timed how long it took each steamer to begin producing steam after being plugged in, as well as whether or not that steam was powerful enough to effectively eliminate wrinkles.

    We also looked closely at design and build quality, noting whether the steamers felt solid and sturdy or cheap and flimsy. We examined trigger and control mechanisms, water tanks, accessories and wheels and support poles of the upright models. We noted both the type and variety of accessories included with each steamer, as well as whether or not they were actually useful and whether they were well-made or loose and flimsy. We even looked at extras like protective gloves and wrenches or other tools provided by the manufacturer for assembly.

    Finally, we noted the length and specifics of each steamer’s warranty and the type of coverage it offered.

    What’s the difference between a steamer and an iron?

    Upright steamers are great for bigger jobs, letting you hang multiple items and giving you the steam capacity to handle large projects like drapery without refilling.

    While they both use heat and moisture to smooth out wrinkles, steam irons and clothes steamers (you’ll also see them referred to as “garment steamers”) get the job done in different ways. Steamers use heat (supplied via hot water vapor), and since they barely come in contact with the fabric, apply much less stress to the individual fibers of your clothes, making them great for delicates, items that typically need dry cleaning and pressing and the like. And since you don’t need a flat surface to work on, a steamer can be used on large items like curtains.

    Irons use pressure and heat along with steam to physically smooth out wrinkles — they’re perfect for achieving a crisp dress shirt collar or razor-sharp crease. While compressing the fabric fibers makes ironing a bit more effective, it also increases the chances of damage to your clothes, potentially burning them if you leave the iron’s face in contact too long or even melting synthetic fabrics. Since they require an ironing board or other type of flat surface, the process of ironing also takes up more space than even an upright steamer.

    With speedy heat-up times, combined with the fact that they don’t require a bulky ironing board, steamers can be a considerable time-saver compared to an iron. They’re great for quick touch-ups, and smaller handheld models are perfect for travel.

    Either way, if you’re interested in keeping your clothes neat and looking like new, one of these tools should quickly become an essential part of the laundry process.

    A clothes steamer is simple to operate — easier than the irons you’re used to. First, place the item you’re steaming on a clothes hanger; an upright steamer incorporates its own hanger or has a hook to hang yours from. If you’re using a handheld steamer, you’ll probably just want to hold the hanger in one hand and steam with the other, or hang it on a shower rod or the back of a chair.

    After filling up the steamer with water and plugging it in, you simply wait a few minutes for it to warm up and begin emitting steam (depending on the model, you may need to press a trigger or button to produce the steam after heating up). Now, simply run the steamer head gently down the fabric. You don’t need to press down extra hard or anything, just let the steamer do all the work. Stubborn wrinkles may require multiple passes to eliminate them. If you’re still having trouble, try steaming your garment from the inside out.

    Since they barely come in contact with the fabric, steamers are extremely gentle on your clothes; for delicate items, they’re safer than irons. If you’re concerned about damaging any delicate items, make sure to choose a steamer that includes either a low steam setting or attachments that create an extra protective barrier between the steamer face and your fabric.

    You should never steam suede, leather, waxed cotton or any plastic material, any of which can be ruined by heat or moisture. If you’re not sure, always review the care tag on your clothes, as well as the steamer instructions.

    Do I need a handheld clothing steamer or an upright clothing steamer?

    Clothes steamers are available in two types: handheld, small, portable units that you hold in your hand, and upright, larger machines with large water tanks that are connected to the steamer head with a hose, like a canister vacuum. Handheld steamers are convenient to carry around the house, although their relatively small water tanks make them less than ideal if you are working on a big pile of laundry or a wall of curtains — you’ll be refilling often in such cases.

    Upright models are best for those big steaming projects, and their integrated hanging capabilities make it convenient to do all your steaming in one place. Since they don’t integrate the water tank, the heads of upright steamers are also much lighter than handheld units, making them easy to handle and ideal for those who don’t feel like holding extra weight in their hands.

    Jiffy Steamer Esteam Handheld

    This steamer has a great reputation and hassle-free operation, but condensation issues ultimately kept it out of the top spot in our travel steamer testing. It performed well, but quickly accumulated condensation on the steamer head, which left wet spots on fabric as we worked. This was a relatively minor issue, and if you’re an organized traveler and don’t expect to be working on clothing pieces you’ll be putting on right away this likely isn’t going to be a dealbreaker for you.

    The Jiffy Esteam’s oversized handle is comfortable to hold, and at just 2 pounds, it is easy to lift when working on bigger tasks like window curtains (its 10.5-ounce water tank was the largest of any of the handheld steamers we tested, so curtains aren’t out of the question).

    We do wish it had a power button or trigger, however. It starts to heat up as soon as it’s plugged in and emits a continuous stream of steam until it’s unplugged, which was more inconvenient than our top picks. And it’s expensive for what it is — a simple boiler, without controls or moving parts. That said, the minimal design of this steamer should contribute to a long lifespan.

    $35.99 at Bed Bath & Beyond

    Although this Rowenta steamer is comfortable to use and has a sleek, futuristic look, its lack of a flat base means you’re unable to place it upright, which is inconvenient if you’re short on space. The limited capacity of the water tank is a drawback as well, and at 2.5 ounces it is smaller than the majority of the steamers we tested. It did heat up extremely quickly though, and tackled all of our testing really well. We were also big fans of the trigger control, which allowed us to only emit steam when we were ready. It didn’t include as many attachments as some other models, but the brush accessory was well-made and connected to the steamer head with a nice and tight fit. It is relatively inexpensive, so if you’re only looking at small tasks, it is a reasonable option if you’re looking for something on a budget.

    Black + Decker Advanced Handheld Garment Steamer

    The extremely wide base of this Black + Decker model gave it a sturdy, bottom-heavy feel. This base doubles as the water tank, and was easy to remove and refill when it started running low. We were also a big fan of its trigger lock, which allows you to either press the trigger to get intermittent steam or lock it into place for a continuous flow. The 15-foot power cord was almost twice as long as the other models we tested, making it convenient for those who don’t want to be limited by a short cord. The three head attachments were also well-made and attached to the steamer face securely, and we were especially interested in the shag-carpet-like cover intended for upholstery work. Initially this model performed well in our testing, but unfortunately began spitting water and dripping from the vents. The rubber gasket surrounding the vent plate also became loose after a few minutes of steaming, which no doubt contributed to the leakage.

    $79.99 at Bed Bath & Beyond

    Probably the most versatile model we tested, this Conair steamer features a steam face that doubles as an iron. This iron feature worked reasonably well in our testing, although its round shape isn’t as effective as a traditional triangular iron, so it probably isn’t going to serve as a real replacement. The multiple attachments were a nice benefit though, and the four steam settings, combined with the LED screen, could be really useful for those working with a wide variety of fabric and materials. We also liked the “smart sensor” feature, which automatically turns off the steam when the unit is placed on a flat surface. The wide base gives it a firm foundation, and we never felt like it was in danger of getting accidentally knocked over.

    The Conair’s water tank design was a big drawback, though. It is difficult to remove and reattach, even when carefully following the instructions, and it is made of a dark blue plastic that — although technically transparent — still makes it difficult to easily see the water level.

    If you need to steam a big pile of wrinkly clothes and time is a priority, this no-frills upright steamer from Jiffy is exactly what you need. It doesn’t have the bells and whistles of other models, and we prefer the triangular steamer head on the Rowenta, but the Jiffy’s straightforward operation makes it ideal for efficient, large-scale steaming. Its minimal design makes this steamer feel nice and sturdy, and combined with the brass couplings and thick plastic body gives an overall feeling of durability.

    We were initially put off by the stiff rubber hose, but once it warmed up from the steam it became loose and pliable, and really easy to manipulate. Its four rolling casters — unlike the two-wheeled models that needed to be tipped over to roll — were our favorite feature of this steamer. They’re by far the smoothest wheels we tested, and effortlessly rolled across the floor while we worked.

    The Jiffy’s transparent tank can hold .75 gallons, which should provide up to 1.5 hours of continuous steaming time. I’ve personally known set designers and costume professionals who swear by this steamer, citing its large capacity and no-nonsense operation as essential for getting through a lot of fabric quickly and easily.

    The major drawback for me was the fact that the cradle for the steamer head wasn’t the easiest to use and took a little maneuvering to get it to fit securely. It also doesn’t include a coat hanger or any kind of attachments, but if you prefer a low-profile appliance or plan on transporting it in your car, this could end up being a benefit.

    Conair Turbo Extreme Steam GS121 Professional Steam & Press

    Unlike other upright options that use a minimalist steamer head, this one uses a head similar to a handheld model, with multiple settings to control the steam output. This could be helpful for some who want more control, but we found it to be bulky and awkward to use, and much preferred the lightweight heads of other standup steamers. We were most impressed with the integrated valet-style hanger, which has a series of slots, allowing you to hang up six hangers at the same time. We found this to be a real time-saver that kept our on-deck items ready to be steamed, as well as a place to hang our finished items. We also found the additional set of fabric clips located on the bottom of the support pole to be a unique and helpful feature. They were the perfect distance from the top-mounted clips to hold pants taut while being steamed, something we didn’t find on any other option.

    The large, wide handle of this steamer allowed for an extremely sturdy grip during use, and combined with the dark grey color, gave it a sophisticated, high-end look. This stylish, minimal design made it impossible to see the level of the water tank though, so it was difficult to tell when it was ready for a refill. The main drawback to this steamer is its narrow base, which makes it a bit top-heavy and didn’t feel as sturdy when placing it on a flat surface. It’s also very expensive compared to similar models from more established manufacturers.

    We did appreciate the rubber cover that fit snugly over the face of the steamer for use on delicate items though. This rubber cover was a stylish and refreshing alternative to the plastic attachments of other models, and added to the high-end feel of this steamer. The Steamery Cirrus was definitely the best-looking steamer we tested, and if that’s a priority for you — nothing wrong with wanting an attractive appliance — this is an effective, high-quality option.

    Similar to the other Steamery model we tested, the Cirrus portable, the upright Steamery Cumulus steamer has a stylish, high-end look. The all-grey finish is easy on the eyes, and the bulbous base gives it a futuristic look. That said, we wish this steamer had wheels! All the other upright models we tested had either two or four wheels, and by comparison, this one was significantly less convenient to transport or move around a room when, for example, working on drapery. The steamer head was lightweight and comfortable to use, and the brush head attachment works for a range of fabrics. We were pleasantly surprised by the protective glove included with this model, something no other model included. As someone who has occasionally burned themselves while steaming, or at least been annoyed when trying to manipulate a large clothing item, this glove was a useful addition. Like other Steamery products, it’s priced higher than models from traditional brands.

    This is a great upright option for those who don’t have a need, or desire, for a bunch of extra attachments and accessories. The hassle-free design was our favorite aspect of this steamer, and with just a brush attachment and a removable hanger, it won’t take up much room. We also appreciated the metal fittings that connect the hose with the base, which gave the entire unit a well-built, high-quality feel. It even included a wrench for easy assembly. We also enjoyed the small, minimal design of the steamer head, which made it easy to lift and maneuver around and securely fit into the Y-shaped cradle. Although the water tank was larger than any other option we tested at 1 gallon, it wasn’t transparent, which was a major drawback for me. This might not be a dealbreaker for those who steam infrequently, but if you plan on using your steamer a lot, it’s really helpful to know when you need to refill.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best electric razors in 2023 | CNN Underscored

    The best electric razors in 2023 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Electric razors have improved by leaps and bounds in recent years, and, unlike the bulky, uncomfortable and not-all-that-effective buzzers you may have tried in the past, the latest models can easily serve as your primary grooming tool. Even manual razor purists can’t deny the convenience of an electric razor, which lets you shave dry, allowing you the option of a close, comfortable shave without shaving cream (or even a bathroom sink) when you’re in a hurry. And wet-dry models can do both, letting you choose whatever method is most convenient on a given day.

    We tested 14 of the most popular electric razors on the market, using them for weeks in our personal shaving routine. We evaluated them on overall shaving performance, ease of use, how easy they were to maintain and clean and their convenience for travel.

    The best electric razor overall

    The Arc5’s five-blade head gave us one of the closest, smoothest shaves in our testing, and that, along with an assortment of high-end features — an ergonomic handle, useful digital display and an effective cleaning dock — made it the best electric shaver overall in our testing.

    The best electric razor on a budget

    A no-frills electric shaver that delivers a surprisingly effective shaving experience at an affordable price. It’s dry-shave only, and not as easy to clean as top models, but it gives you an impressively clean shave for the money.

    A great splurge electric razor

    If you’re looking for a close, smooth and speedy shave and you’re willing to spend a bit more money, the Braun Series 9 will give you that, along with better build quality, an easier to use cleaning dock and an AirPods-style charging case in a luxurious package that’s worth the extra money.

    Combining a high-performance shave with straightforward, user-friendly operation, the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 was an easy choice as my top pick. Boasting a five-blade head and cleaning/charging dock, you’re getting the perks of a high-end model without the intimidating price tag.

    The Panasonic Arc5 LV95 performed well in my shaving tests, delivering a comfortable and surprisingly fast shave across the board: about 3 minutes total to take care of my 3-day beard. The 5-blade head — four foils and a trimming cutter — worked together to efficiently tackle longer, flat-lying hairs in my 3-day growth test, and gave a really close shave the next day during my maintenance shave. I also appreciated that the pivoting head can be locked in place, which is convenient for precision work.

    The ergonomic handle gave the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 a well-balanced, lightweight feel in my hand too, and the textured rubber sides ensured a sturdy grip. The trimmer accessory flips up from the back of the razor head, and I made it easy to clean up my sideburns or stray hairs under my nose or neck.

    My favorite feature of the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 — and a great example of its utilitarian design — is the travel lock. A low-profile lever under the power button toggles the lock on and off, with a simple padlock icon to indicate its use. I found this physical control more convenient than the  “hold down the power button for 3 seconds” method used by some other razors, and it took any guesswork out of whether it was activated or not.

    Cleaning the Panasonic Arc5 LV95  can either be done manually by removing the cassette head, or using the included cleaning station. When cleaning manually under the faucet, a “sonic cleaning mode” vibrates the blades extremely quickly for 20 seconds to better dislodge dirt and hair as you rinse it–a feature that made it noticeably more effective than most other razor models. If you prefer a more set-it-and-forget-it method, simply pop the razor into the cleaning station and select the ”clean” mode.

    It's easy to pop off the Panasonic Arc5's head for manual cleaning.

    This process takes about 10 minutes and although it’s much louder than I expected, I found that the competing Braun stations were equally noisy. The main drawback to the Panasonic cleaning station is that it uses an open reservoir into which you pour a mix of a detergent packet with water, as opposed to using resealable pods like Braun. This means that if you decide to travel with a Panasonic cleaning station, you’ll have to dump out the detergent, which is not ideal.

    The digital display of the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 is simple and provides all of the information you need at a glance. A circular battery level indicator lets you know how long you have before the razor needs a recharge, and a cleaning mode icon tells you when the sonic cleaning mode is initiated. This display also features an automatic timer, which lets you know exactly how long your shaving session lasted (handy for testing, though it may not have much of an impact on your daily routine).

    While the Panasonic Arc5 LV95 isn’t exactly cheap, the user-friendly design, great performance and comfortable shaving experience make it worth the price.

    The Remington F5-5800 electric razor

    I’ll admit that I had my doubts on unboxing the Remington F5-5800, but as soon as I started shaving with it, I understood why it’s been such a popular razor for so long. Although it has an unconventional shape and lacks the sleek, modern look of more recent, higher-end models, the Remington F5-5800 delivers a surprisingly effective shaving experience at a fraction of the price.

    The curved body was a little awkward to hold at first, but I quickly came to appreciate how it naturally placed the blade head in a convenient position for shaving. This design, combined with a pivoting head, made it really easy to comfortably maneuver around the contours of my jaw. Although the head lacks any side to side movement, I never felt limited in the flexibility department, so we don’t think this is a drawback, and a razor doesn’t need to offer 360-degree pivoting to give you a good shave. Our splurge pick, the nearly flawless Braun Series 9 Pro, also only provides back and forth pivoting.

    Its three-blade head — two foils and a single trimming element — gave a close, really comfortable shave, even on my thick, 3-day beard. It handled my maintenance shave easily as well, and the pop-up trimmer was perfectly adequate for finishing off any hard to reach hairs and evening up my sideburns.

    The Remington F5-5800 lacks a display screen, but a row of LEDs clearly display the battery level in 20-percent increments. Although it can be cleaned with water, the Remington F5-5800 is not a wet-dry shaver, which does limit its usefulness a bit. But a major plus, and a feature not found on many other razors, is its ability to operate when the charging cord is plugged in, so you’re not out of luck if you’ve forgotten to charge.

    My major complaint with the Remington F5-5800 is that it feels flimsy compared to more expensive razors — the build quality of the head and blade setup doesn’t feel up to the same level as our overall pick, and some of the functional details aren’t as well thought out. The blade cover doesn’t use any latch or lever mechanism for removal, instead requiring you to grip and pull it off for cleaning, which is not always easy with wet or slippery fingers. Inside, the individual blades were also not fixed to the unit itself, and would fall out when I opened it. These blades were simple to put back in place and stable in use, but the arrangement made cleaning more inconvenient than with the other models we tested.

    Given this, we don’t know if the Remington F5-5800 can offer the long-term durability of our top picks, but it does have a solid reputation, and if you’re looking for a cheap, effective dry-shaving razor and don’t need a bunch of bells and whistles, it is a great choice.

    The Braun Series 9 Pro electric razor

    If you want the closest, most comfortable — and speediest — shave and you’re not concerned about spending quite a bit to get it, the Braun Series 9 Pro is a great choice. It’s clearly a high-quality tool, the latest in a series that the company has been developing for years, with an obvious focus on providing a superior shaving performance.

    The Series 9 Pro has a solid feel with rubber sides and a textured thumb grip that make it easy to maintain control as you shave, and made us worry a lot less about accidentally dropping it into the sink or on the counter during use. First, it seems unlikely, and second, it feels built to survive any minor mishap. It felt like a better-built tool than even the other ultra-high-end razor we tested, the Panasonic Arc6.

    My favorite feature of the Braun Series 9 Pro is its multifunctional blade setup, which makes it one of the more versatile razors I tested. With two foils, a standard trimming element, and a “ProLift” trimmer, the Braun Series 9 Pro is designed to capture and trim both short and long hairs, as well as awkwardly angled hairs.

    The blades aren’t just there for show — the Braun really delivers on shave speed and quality, I was most surprised at how well, and more importantly, how fast these blades worked, especially during my 3-day beard test. I was able to completely shave my 3-day beard in about a minute and 30 seconds, noticeably faster than the still speedy Panasonic Arc5 LV95, which clocked in at nearly 3 minutes. It was no surprise that this blade setup also made for one of the most comfortable shaves in my testing, with zero irritation issues.

    You can clean the Braun Series 9 Pro either by popping off the cassette cover and rinsing it under water, or using the cleaning station. Unlike a lot of other models that required a frustrating amount of tugging and squeezing to remove their cassette covers, the Braun Series 9 Pro features two release buttons on either side of the head that allow you to pop it right off. This convenient and functional design (it reattaches with a nice solid “click” too), only added to my confidence in its overall construction.

    The charging dock/cleaning station ensures that the razor is easy to grab whenever you need it, and you never have to worry about plugging and unplugging a separate power cord every time you want to charge it.

    The dock is easy to use, too. The included cleaning cartridge was simple to slide into place, and made things less messy to set up than the dock used with the Panasonic Arc5, which required us to mix our own cleaning solution.

    Once you’re set up, you simply place the razor into the charging dock, press the start button and that’s it. The razor automatically chooses the intensity level of cleaning required.   The unexpected noise level — it’s loud — of the cleaning mode was the only real drawback to the Braun Series 9 Pro, although cleaning only took a few minutes.

    The Braun Series 9 Pro also includes a “power case”, an upgraded version of the zippered storage case offered by other razors that works a bit like the charging cases you’re probably familiar with from Apple AirPods and other true wireless headphones. The magnetic lid and sturdy, hard-sided design of this case not only protects the razor during transport, but provides extra power if the razor’s battery runs low. I also really appreciated the dedicated mount for the small cleaning brush, the only razor in my testing pool to offer this.

    For someone who wants their morning routine to be as efficient as possible, without sacrificing comfort or performance, the Braun Series 9 Pro could definitely be worth the investment.

    Best Electric Razors Group Photo

    Alex Rennie/CNN Underscored

    If you love using a manual razor, and relish your morning ritual, no, you probably don’t need an electric razor. But, if you find that you don’t always have time for a manual shave, dislike the high cost of cartridges, or you share a sink with a disorganized roommate, an electric razor can make your routine easier.

    The most obvious benefit of an electric razor is its ability to dry shave your face. This means that unlike cartridge or safety razors that tether you to a sink and water supply, electric razors let you shave anywhere, which is great if you’re running late for work you can complete your morning shave anywhere: in the parking lot before walking into work, an office restroom, or an airport bathroom after a red-eye flight. (We’ve even seen commuters shaving while they’re stopped at red lights, but we don’t recommend it.)

    Those who want to avoid nicks and cuts or razor bumps will also appreciate the safety of an electric razor. While they can still cause some razor burn if used incorrectly, their blades don’t actually come in contact with your skin, so it’s highly unlikely that you’ll get nicked or scratched, and since they cut your facial hair slightly proud of the skin’s surface rather than flush like a manual razor, you’re less likely to get razor bumps from ingrown hairs if you have coarse, curly facial hair.

    But even if you prefer to use your favorite shaving cream or gel, most electric razors are “wet/dry” models, and the higher-end models we tested are waterproof and can even be used in the shower. Wet shaving with an electric razor doesn’t provide quite the same satisfying feel as using lather with a manual razor, however — instead of removing foam and hair in uniform strokes, you’re just kind of moving the foam around your face as you go. You’ll get the job done, but don’t expect the same sort of ritual.

    Electric razors have a bit of a learning curve, but once you understand how their blades work, and take the time to read their instruction manuals, they’re pretty straightforward.

    Foil razors have thin metal screens that allow your facial hairs to slip through, where they’re cut by a series of small blades vibrating back and forth. Longer hairs can have difficulty entering these small holes, which is why most foil razors also feature a trimmer element with a larger opening. Rotary razors use the same basic concept, but use circular spinning blades and covers that allow beard hairs to slip through. They don’t cut as close as a manual razor — they trim the hair at the inner surface of the foil, so a bit proud of the skin surface — but today’s foils are very thin to begin with, and multiple elements do a thorough job.

    When shaving with a foil razor, you’ll want to position the head at a 90-degree angle to your face, and use light pressure to run it against the grain of your beard. Use your other hand to stretch the skin tight, giving the razor as much tight, flat skin as you can. Your beard grain can change around your neck, so you may need to change your stroke direction in order to capture and trim those hairs.

    With the foil razors we tested, a mix of vertical and horizontal strokes with any of the razors we tested helped smooth out any stubborn areas with rotary models. For rotary razors, circular strokes are recommended.

    For especially hard to reach areas like directly under your nose, stubborn long hairs you just can’t seem to cut, and creating straight sideburns, use the trimmer tool.

    Regardless of the type of razor you use, make sure to use gentle pressure at first, to avoid causing irritation or razor burn, which you can still get even through an electric razor’s foil if you push down excessively to catch stubborn growth.

    To choose the best razor for you, the most important factor to consider is your personal shaving routine and frequency.

    If you’re a strict daily shaver, you can probably get away with a simpler — and usually cheaper — model.

    The situation is different if you aren’t an everyday shaver. Electric razors can struggle with longer growth since longer hairs have trouble making their way through the foil. So if you shave infrequently, you’ll benefit from a razor that includes at least one trimming blade in addition to the foil blades. While the foils are best-suited for dealing with short stubble, these trimming blades have a larger opening–perfect for capturing long or low-lying hairs.

    You should also think about whether or not you want a razor that includes a cleaning station. While most electric razors are easy to clean yourself by simply popping off the head cover and running under the faucet, if you shave daily, the frequency of this process can be a pain. A dedicated cleaning station uses a solution to thoroughly clean your razor head at the push of a button. These stations can be noisy, and add to the overall price, but they do all the work for you, and most double as a charging dock as well.

    When it comes to razor type, I personally didn’t feel much difference between the performance of foil vs rotary models. My research does point towards rotary razors delivering a slightly less-close shave though, and can be slightly more irritating to those with sensitive skin.

    We tested each razor initially with a three-day beard. Here, the Panasonic Arc5 makes short work of the growth, giving us a close, clean shave.

    We ran each razor through a comprehensive testing process to better understand their specific differences and accurately compare one vs another. It’s important to note that since everyone’s skin and hair type are different, personal preference will be more subjective with electric razors than other products. I did my best to use my personal experience as more of a comparison tool, instead of concrete fact in regards to comfort and skin irritability. It’s also important to remember that my testing window was relatively brief, and that it can take up to 3 weeks to fully see how your skin reacts to a razor. I will use my long-term testing results to update this article.

    Since a major selling factor of electric razors is their convenience, it’s important that they’re easy to use. Straightforward operation not only translates into a quicker shave–essential for mornings when time is an issue–but a safer one as well. A razor that’s hard or challenging to use is more likely to result in improper technique that results in skin irritation. I evaluated each model’s overall usability and ease of use, noting if the operational controls seemed unnecessarily complicated, or if any display screens were too cluttered or vague to be useful. I thoroughly reviewed each razor’s instruction manual as well, evaluating it on how well it explained the specific technique to use the razor properly, as well as how to use any additional features.

    To test the shaving capability of each razor, I first grew a 3-day beard and shaved each side of my face with a different razor. I compared how effectively each razor fared with these longer hairs, specifically if they struggled and needed several passes to complete the job. I then used the same razors the next day to judge how they worked as a daily “maintenance” tool. During these tests I noted how the razors felt in my hand, how comfortable the head and blades felt on my face, and how close the overall shave felt when I was finished. I also noted their ability to easily maneuver and access challenging areas like under my nose or around my mouth. If applicable, I also tested each razors “wet-shave” function by shaving with shaving cream.

    After my shaving tests, I cleaned each razor according to their specific cleaning instructions. I noted whether or not removing the razor head was easy or frustrating, and how effectively their small brushes swept away debris. I also evaluated the ease of use and overall performance of any cleaning stations, noting any issues with loading cleaning detergent, noise levels, and cleaning mode times.

    Since electric razors are touted for their travel convenience, I compared the type and quality of their travel locks and storage cases, as well as their overall size and weight. Finally, I packed all 14 razors into my luggage for a cross-country flight, for a real-world test of their usefulness on the road.

    I really enjoyed the close, comfortable shave I got with this compact, inexpensive rotary razor, but the cluttered design and “light stimulation” LEDs seemed at best more trouble than they were worth and at worst just counterproductive. These three LED’s can be switched from blue (to, the company claims, reduce the appearance of acne) to red (which Mowbie claims can rejuvenate the skin), or switched “off” for a standard shave. While using the LEDs, the manual directs you to “keep the device in the same area for 3 minutes at a time for maximum benefits,” which seemed contrary to best practices for an effective shave. A disclaimer on the Mowbie website didn’t inspire much confidence in the effectiveness of these lights either. All that said, while the lights don’t seem worth it, I loved the compact size, light weight, and comfort of the rotary blades, which tackled my 3-day growth and maintenance shaves equally well.

    The bright yellow color of this wet/dry Wahl shaver is a refreshing alternative to black and silver options (and makes it easy to find in your bag if you take it with you on the road), and it’s affordable. It wasn’t comfortable to shave with, however, and struggled to cut longer, low-lying neck hairs during my 3-day shave test. It also doesn’t have a visual battery level indicator, just a single “low battery” LED to let you know when it’s running low. That said, its ergonomic rubber grip and thick plastic body give it a nice heavy-duty feel, so along with the bright color it is a practical option for travelers who keep it ready in a suitcase or commuters who want something for the glovebox — it just won’t necessarily give you the closest, most comfortable shave. Plus it has a 5-year warranty too, the longest of any razor I tested.

    The Panasonic Arc4 wet-dry model was  popular option several years ago, and remains on the market, but advancements in design and technology ultimately put more current models ahead of it on my list. The four cutting elements provided a comfortable, close shave in my testing, especially on longer neck hairs, although the bulky head required a bit of a learning curve to use comfortably. This razor is really easy to clean too, just pop off the cassette and run it under the faucet. I also appreciated the physical travel lock, which I feel is just easier to use than models that require an extended press of the power button to activate. It’s a good razor still, but if you want a slimmer head with the same cutting power it’s worth stepping up to a newer Panasonic or getting the more advanced Braun Series 7 7071cc.

    This multifunctional device is an all-in-one small bath or travel solution, and features a detachable handle, allowing you to swap out the razor head for the included nose/ear trimmer or toothbrush attachments. Although I appreciated its minimal design and straightforward operation, I found the razor attachment lacking in function and performance. It wasn’t able to shave as close as the other options I tested, and the fixed head was less comfortable to maneuver around my jaw. Even though I probably wouldn’t recommend this as your primary razor, it could certainly be convenient as a travel option, especially since it include a high-quality and roomy storage bag to keep all the extra pieces organized.

    I loved the compact size and comfortable, ergonomic handle of this razor, and the pivoting head gave a great shave during testing. The main drawback of this model is the design of the cleaning/charging station, which automatically initiates a cleaning cycle every time you place the razor inside to charge. The surprisingly loud cleaning cycle makes this especially annoying. You can also charge the razor by plugging it into the cord itself, but this does defeat half the purpose of the dock itself. The instruction manual was also inexplicably vague, using basic illustrations and almost zero written instructions. (I also tested the Braun Series 7 7085cc, which is identical to, but is black instead of silver.

    Andis reSURGE

    This Andis razor has a solid, high-quality feel and along with the Andis Profoil Shaver, received high praise from my barber. I personally had issues with its ability to shave longer neck hairs during my testing, which was especially inconvenient due to the lack of a separate trimmer. The head cover was also really difficult to remove for cleaning, and took a few minutes of tugging to finally pry it off. I did appreciate the slick minimal look though, and the magnetic head cover really makes it feel like a high-end tool.

    The unique blade design of the Philips Norelco OneBlade made it one of the most enjoyable razors I tested. Its compact wet-dry head is even smaller than the one on the manual razor I usually use, allowing me to clearly see my shaving area as I went. This combines the convenience of a dry shave with the precision and satisfaction of a manual shaver. This narrow blade does require a few more passes than traditional electric razors, but since its essentially a high-performance trimmer, you won’t have to go over the same area multiple times. It did give a slightly less close shave than multi-blade razors, making it better suited to precision trimming and 2-3 day shaves. A multi-blade option would probably be a better choice for daily users.

    Andis Profoil Shaver

    I was really impressed with the performance of this little razor, and the enthusiastic recommendation from my barber gave me confidence that it’s durable enough to last a long time. Even though it lacks the pivoting head of higher-priced models, the flat shape, staggered foils and practically weightless body made this razor easy to angle around the contours of my face. It’s not waterproof though, so you won’t be able to wet shave or clean this razor under the faucet. That said, if you’re looking for a no-frills, dry-shave razor, stop looking and just buy this one.

    If price is no object, and you want a high-performance tool that looks and feels like the Ferrari of razors, the Panasonic Arc 6 is probably what you’re looking for. Its six-blade head (the most of any electric razor) gave an efficient and close shave, and the ultra-smooth head movement had no trouble traversing the contours of my jaw. Although this blade variety and flexibility makes the Panasonic Arc 6 well-suited to tackle a wide variety of hair lengths and types, it would probably be overkill for everyday shavers. Keep in mind that our “splurge” pick, the Braun Series 9 Pro, does a similarly great job and can be had for about $150 less.

    This rotary shaver was a real joy to use, and I was surprised at how well its relatively bulky head was able to reach tighter areas, like under my nose and lips. It also features smartphone connectivity and a mobile app, which monitors your shaving data and provides tips and feedback on your pressure and technique. This app seemed like overkill and likely will be for most, but I could see it being useful for a first-time shaver, or those trying to diagnose the cause of a shaving-related skincare issue. Although the cleaning station is much more compact than other models I tested, it was a bit messy to use, and also does not double as a charging dock.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best sports bras of 2023 | CNN Underscored

    The best sports bras of 2023 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    It’s no secret that a supportive and comfortable sports bra is crucial to achieving a great workout, whether you’re headed to hot yoga, taking a spin on the Peloton or training for a marathon.

    To help you find the best sports bra for your body and workout preference, we had nine reviewers test 18 popular bras. Our panel put them through months of workouts — both leisurely (errands) and high-octane (running) — and in the end we found four bras that you should absolutely get.

    Best overall sports bra

    All of our testers — even those with 38G and 36DD chest sizes — found the ultra-supportive Nike Dri-Fit Swoosh to be the most comfortable sports bra they’d ever worn. The soft, breathable, sweat-wicking fabric and simple zip-front design kept everyone comfortable even in high-octane workouts.

    Best running sports bra

    We love Lululemon’s leggings, and the Lululemon Run Times high-impact sports bra lived up to the company’s reputation with padded, adjustable, crossable straps and sweat-wicking fabric that kept our testers comfortable through high-intensity runs.

    Best low-impact sports bra

    If you want to stick to low-impact fitness, Lululemon’s dainty Flow Y Nulu racerback bra crafted from the same soft material as its Align leggings is perfect for everything from leisurely strolls to Pilates reformer classes.

    Best sports bra for lounging

    A sports bra that is as comfortable as it is cute, the Girlfriend Paloma has a racerback design and features a buttery soft fabric made from 79% recycled plastic bottles.

    Nike

    The Nike Dri-Fit Swoosh Women’s Medium-Support Padded Zip-Front Sports Bra scored our top spot because it checks all the boxes — fit, support, comfort and an ingenious design. Hailed by our reviewers as the most comfortable sports bra they’ve ever worn, the Swoosh’s sweat-wicking Dri-Fit fabric, made from recycled polyester fibers, kept us cool and dry workout after workout. Even during our hardest sessions, the mesh backing kept us feeling cool and the stretch band never retained moisture — a big selling point for anyone who prefers to head straight from working out to running errands. This bra won’t get stinky or gross, and trust us, it’s so comfortable, you’ll want to keep it on straight till bedtime.

    The Dri-Fit Swoosh fit all of our testers snugly, supporting larger chests sizes just as easily as smaller ones, with straps that evenly distribute weight without pinching or digging. The bra’s stretchy fabric and band provide a compressive feel — but not constrictive — ensuring that your breasts evenly fill up the bra without any air pockets or empty gaps. In terms of sizing, it comes in XS to 2XL, and we found the measurements to be accurate. One of our reviewers is a 36DD, ordered a large and found it to be her exact size.

    The zipper closure turned out to be the best thing about this bra. Not only is it super sturdy, but it keeps breasts securely tucked away. Don’t worry about it coming undone; there’s also a hidden buckle inside the bra providing backup protection. The zipper is a savior post-workout too, making it simple to shed your bra — no more wrangling sweaty fabric over your face and head like traditional bras.

    We found the Dri-Fit Swoosh washed beautifully, with the removable insert pads even staying in place after multiple washes and dries. In terms of style, the bra’s simple design is totally worth showing off — the zipper and mesh design details keep it from being boring — and it matches most Nike swoosh-bedecked leggings. And if you absolutely don’t want to show off your sports bra, the zipper lays flat and won’t leave any bumps under your tank or tee.

    underscored lululemon run times sports bra red

    Lululemon

    Lululemon’s Run Times is a running-specific encapsulation-style bra that offers complete support for cups B through G during even the most fast-paced road or track workouts. Molded cups lift and separate the breasts, while the thick, padded straps are not only adjustable but also crossable for even more support. The result is a full-coverage bra that not only keeps your bust steadfastly in place but is also so comfortable it can be worn all day. One of our reviewers felt the straps helped to improve her posture during the workday, and that it fit so well she forgot she was wearing a bra.

    In addition to adjustable straps, the Run Times has a soft, stretchy hook-and-eye closure band that allows for even more customization. Sized like a traditional bra — most of the five colorways are available in 32B to 42G — the Run Times’ fit is incredibly accurate, with the straps and cups seemingly molding to the body, lifting and supporting the chest without smashing or constricting. Our reviewers attested their bras felt like they were made specifically for them, with zero gaps or awkward space in the cups.

    The perforated panels on the front and back keep air flowing throughout, which was a game changer for our running reviewers. And despite the bra’s nylon/Lycra fabric being somewhat thick, we found it successfully wicked sweat from the body during runs and high-intensity workouts.

    All in all, this bra was our top pick for running because it offers incredible support for chests of all sizes during high-intensity runs while also keeping users dry and cool.

    underscored lululemon Flow Y Nulu Bra sports bra white

    Lululemon

    If the Lululemon Flow Y Nulu Bra Light Support taught us anything during our review process, it was not to judge a book by its cover — or, rather, not to judge a bra by how it looks on the hanger. Made from the brand’s lightweight, buttery soft, four-way stretch “Nulu” fabric (80% nylon, 20% Lycra), the compression-style bra looks flimsy at first. But it offers plenty of support to keep your bust in place for a medium-intensity workout. Our reviewers, a 34C and a 36C, tested it through a variety of exercises — from Pilates reformer and Core Power Yoga classes to treadmill runs and strength training — and found the bra moved with their bodies and stayed ultra supportive with zero bouncing.

    That said, design-wise, the wireless bra does offer less coverage than most. Featuring skinny racerback straps, the Flow Y manages to compress the breasts and keep them separated (removable pads help with this) without any pinching or digging at the shoulders or band area. While you can rest assured that you’ll never spill out over the top of this bra, know that cleavage will be on display if you’re wearing it solo. Our reviewers also felt that the bra’s continuous support and compression was a bit much after a few hours — this isn’t our first choice for all-day wear. It excels during your workout, but we found that the band started to feel tight as the day went on, prompting us to take it off.

    In terms of wicking, the fabric’s claims hold true. We tested it out during a hot yoga class and the bra kept us dry, despite the fact that we were sweating profusely. Beyond that, the fabric never chafed our skin, and it washed beautifully, with zero pilling after more than a dozen cycles. The bra caters to small cup sizes (A to C) and is available in sizes 2 to 14 (basically ranging from a 28A to a 44C), so larger sizes are out of luck. While both our reviewers found a size 6 adequately fit their chests, we recommend sizing up if you’re on the cusp of two sizes, since the bra has a tight fit. Available in more than a dozen colors and patterns, you can coordinate with a slew of Lululemon leggings and shorts, because who doesn’t love to match?

    What stands out the most is this bra’s minimalist design. There are no bells and whistles here — just a great-feeling fabric and simple, flattering silhouette that hugely delivers on support for low- and medium-impact workouts.

    underscored girlfriend collective paloma sports bra navy

    Girlfriend Collective

    Let’s face it: Not every day is a workout day. But why not ensconce your body in something that is supportive yet incredibly comfortable anyway, such as the Girlfriend Paloma Racerback Bra? Yes, you can throw this bra on for low-impact workouts, but our reviewers unanimously agreed that they preferred it for all-day wear, and tested it while partaking in activities ranging from lounging and running errands to Zooming from home and traveling across the country.

    The Paloma is a full-coverage, wireless bra with a longer design than most we tested, with the built-in support band landing mid-torso. It also has a flattering scoop neck and thick racerback straps that evenly distribute the weight of the chest without any digging or pinching.

    One Underscored editor likened this bra’s snug, supportive fit to a “nice hug on my chest.” The soft material (made from recycled plastic bottles and spandex) clings to the body, supporting your breasts in a way that is compressive and gentle all at once, with zero riding up — even after a full 10 hours of wear.

    The Paloma may not work for everyone, however. The bra is available in sizes XS through 6XL, and while our reviewers with smaller chests (34B and 34C) found the bra’s size and fit to be perfect, our reviewer with a bigger cup size (32H) struggled with the fit — the medium smashed her breasts, but sizing up would have resulted in the band being too large.

    The four bras we recommend can cover all your workout needs. From a zippered workhorse that can handle anything to a supportive and adjustable running bra, a skimpier yoga option and a cozy, wear-all-day essential. But what do you need to know before you choose the sports bra that’s best for you?

    No matter what size your breasts are, they need proper support when you exercise. Though your chest has pectoral muscles, none of those reside in or support your breasts. Which means you’re going to need some help if you want to stave off the forces of gravity while you move.
    First, finding your correct size is key. You can measure around your chest to find the band size, then measure around the largest part of your bust for cup size. Next, you’ll want to consider the type of exercise you’ll be using it for: low impact for things like strength training, yoga, Pilates and walking; medium impact for activities like spinning, skiing or boxing; or high impact for exercise like running, HIIT and Zumba.

    Finally, you’ll choose between the three different styles of sports bras. Compression bras restrict breast movement by compressing them against your chest, while encapsulation bras use individual cups to lift breasts, keeping them separate. A combination compression/encapsulation bra offers extra support with a combination of techniques — mainly for larger cup sizes.

    There are many factors that go into creating a quality sports bra. To assess them, and to find out how the bras worked over a wide range of sizes, we had nine Underscored staffers review each bra at least four times each over the course of several months. Our testers put each bra through low-, medium- and high-intensity workouts, in addition to a rigorous “lounge” assessment. We relied on the following categories and subcategories to investigate the best sports bras:

    • Support: Arguably a sports bra’s most important factor is support — does it adequately reduce breast movement during exercise?
    • Versatility: Can the bra effectively handle busts of all sizes? Can it do so in a full spectrum of workout levels? If not, what types of workouts is it best suited for?
    • Wicking: A bra that keeps you cool even during the most rigorous workout is the bra you want to buy, which is why we kept a close eye on how well each bra’s fabric wicked away sweat from the body while also staying dry.
    • Comfort: How long would you want to wear this bra? All day, or is it something you’re ready to take off when the workout is over?
    • Material: Is the material stretchy? Does it maintain its stretch without becoming loose? How does it feel against the skin?
    • Fit: How does the bra fit your body? Is it snug and supportive without being constrictive? Was there any pinching or digging at the straps or band? If it’s encapsulation-style, do the cups mold to the body? Are there any gaps or spaces?
    • Adjustability: Being able to adjust a bra on the fly is a huge bonus, which is why we paid special attention to whether our contenders featured any adjustable straps or bands, and how successful that optionality was within the bra.
    • Coverage: Does the bra provide adequate coverage to achieve an optimal workout? Is cleavage visible? Where on the torso is the band located?
    • Innovative details: We love a bra that goes the extra mile, and that can include anything from a mesh backing, ventilated fabric, adjustable band or J-hooks that convert U-backed bras into a racerback.
    • Pads: Are removable pads included? If so, do they stay put or do they slide around?
    • Was the brand’s sizing chart accurate? Was the bra size on par with the sizes reviewers typically order? If not, did the bra run small or large?
    • Is the bra cute enough to warrant showing off? Or is it purely functional and something best kept under a T-shirt? Does it come in a variety of colors/patterns? Does it have matching leggings or bike shorts to coordinate with?
    • Is the bra worth its price? If more than $50, is it worth the investment?

    Featuring just the right amount of coverage, this bra was a close contender for best overall slot. We loved the breathability the mesh backing offered, the compression-style support (that never felt constrictive) and the soft, sweat-wicking material. Available in sizes XXS to XXXL, the bra is currently available in nine cute colorways and patterns, each of which has coordinating leggings and bike shorts. Downsides (there weren’t many!) included no adjustable components and that the back band wasn’t as soft at the bra’s front band.

    A solid running bra option for busts big and small, it comes in sizes 30A to 38G, and the bra is incredibly comfortable (enough for all-day wear) and supportive, even when tested during high-intensity runs. We loved the padded, adjustable shoulder straps that can transform the bra into a racerback with a J-hook, the hook-and-eye closure and that it is a compression/encapsulation combo, with molded cups and outstanding support. More to know: The bra’s ventilated fabric actually works — we stayed dry during even the sweatiest of workouts. Downsides were that the bra did get wet when we were drenched with sweat, and that the design was more function-inspired rather than form-inspired, meaning we wish it were a little bit prettier, like all the stylish wares Sweaty Betty is known for.

    Bandier All Access Chorus Bra

    $58 From $9 at Bandier

    Great for lower-impact workouts like yoga and Pilates, this compression bra features spaghetti straps and a Y-back that are dainty and flattering as well as a hidden elastic band on the inside of the bra. We loved the sweat-wicking fabric that always stayed dry and the hefty support of the bra. That said, it offers less coverage than most — if you’re cleavage-averse, this is not the sports bra for you. And if you’ve got a bigger bust, it’s likely not going to offer enough support for a rigorous workout.

    From American Eagle and Aerie’s workout brand, Offline, comes this ultra-soft and cozy bra that we found best fit for lounging or low-impact workouts. Super cute in design, the bra comes in sizes XXS to XXL and in four basic hues (gray, black, navy and green). Matching leggings and joggers are available. The biggest fault we could find was that the bra’s band retained moisture, often becoming wet during our sweatiest workouts.

    Target for the win! This sports bra is a no-brainer for two reasons — first, it’s got adjustable straps that can be crisscrossed and an adjustable hook-and-eye closure band. Second, it’s only 24 bucks. We also love the size inclusivity (34B to 40DD), how comfortable it is and that it provides a hefty dose of support for a medium-impact workout. But beware: We found the sizing to run small, so we’d recommend going up if you’re on the cusp.

    $75 $38 at Brooks Running and From $24 at Amazon

    We love most products from running store Brooks — its running sneakers are among our favorites — so it’s no surprise that this running bra is up to snuff. Featuring adjustable straps and a hook-and-eye back closure, the encapsulation-style bra has molded cups separating and supporting the breasts and comes in sizes 30B to 44F. While it got the job done, the bra’s tight band and looser cups made for an awkward fit, especially when compared to the bras that topped our list.

    More than 1,500 Amazon reviewers love this bra for fuller busts, and we get why — it’s chock-full of adjustable options (strap lengths, J-hook for racerback optionality, ultra-wide hook-and-eye closure) and provides a consistent fit. We also like that it is super supportive and was described by one of our reviewers as being “absolutely comfortable enough for all-day wear.” That said, another reviewer found the bra’s band to be so tight that it left red marks around her rib cage — and said she would be happy to never wear the bra again. The good news is that sizing comes in 28D to 40G; the bad news is that the bra is definitely not cute enough to show off on its own.

    A medium- to high-impact bra for fuller-busted individuals — cup sizes go up to a KK — this underwire option features two molded cups that encapsulate each breast like a traditional bra, in addition to several adjustable options like straps that can convert to a racerback with a J-hook and a hook-and-eye closure. Unlike a lot of options out there for bigger chests, this one is pretty cute, and it did a great job at wicking away sweat during intense workouts. The bra’s biggest shortcoming was tricky sizing due to the UK size chart, which we were ultimately able to cheat, thanks to adjustable straps (for example, we tested a 32H when a 32FF would have been a better fit).

    Boasting more than 3,000 reviews on intimates brand Knix’s website and a 4.7-star rating, the Catalyst is a great option for medium- to high-intensity workouts for a variety of bust sizes — it can accommodate sizes 32A to 42F. The encapsulation bra has molded cups that separate and stabilize the breasts in addition to adjustable straps and a hook-and-eye closure. We found that it offers tons of support for larger busts during rigorous workouts and is super comfortable and appropriate for all-day wear. The downsides include the price — though it’s currently on sale, the bra typically retails for $89 — and the fact that the band’s width should be a bit longer, with more hook-and-eye closures. More to know: Our smaller-busted reviewer felt the sizing was off and the support wasn’t up to snuff.

    For the price, this bra is a good investment for low- to medium-impact workouts. The cute design features a scoop neck, wide cross-back straps and a sweat-wicking material that gets the job done. We recommend sizing up, and we wish the fabric were a bit softer — even after several washings, it remained rigid and led to a bit of chafing around the band.

    Similar in fabric to our best overall bra by Nike, this Dri-Fit alternative features a one-piece pad that is inserted via a pocket at the top of the bra. Appropriate for medium-impact workouts, the bra comes in more than 15 colors and sizes XS to 2XL — we recommend sizing down, as it tends to run big. The biggest flaw we found was that the pocket at the top of the bra often gaped open, resulting in an ill fit.

    Boasting nearly 900 reviews on the Athleta website, the Advance Bra is a bestseller for the brand for a few reasons. In addition to offering an adjustable band and straps, the compression bra has tons of ventilation, thanks to the open back and sweat-wicking and quick-drying fabric. For us, the biggest problem was fit — the band was universally tight on all of our reviewers, and we didn’t love the fact that you had to both pull the bra over your head and fasten the band via hook-and-eye clasps in order to get it on.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • Best pour-over coffee makers of 2023 | CNN Underscored

    Best pour-over coffee makers of 2023 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    While we like a classic drip coffee maker when a full pot is absolutely necessary and can appreciate the quick convenience of a single-serve pod, a pour-over is the best way to recreate the rich, robust, full-flavored coffee you get at a specialty shop. Besides the soothing ritual involved with making pour-over coffee, the method is favored by professional and amateur baristas alike because a precise pour can extract the most flavor out of your beans into your cup.

    To help determine which pour-over maker you should add to your coffee-making routine, we rounded up eight highly rated and reviewed models to put through the wringer. We tested six flat-bottom- and cone-shaped versions and two larger all-in-one carafe-style designs, ranging in price from about $14 to $50. While many looked quite similar, they varied in materials (glass, porcelain, plastic and stainless steel), whether they required special filters, and how much coffee they produce with one pour.

    After testing each version three times (more on that below) — and, we’re not going to lie, some serious caffeine jitters — we found one clear winner.

    Best pour-over coffee maker overall

    We found the flat-bottom, three-hole design of the Kalita Wave 185 Pour-Over Coffee Dripper allowed for the most even and consistent brewing of all models tested. The Kalita produced the most robust coffee, maintained spot-on temperature, and the most even saturation of the grounds.

    Sure, at first glance the Kalita Wave looks pretty much the same as the other coffee drippers we tested, but it doesn’t take long to discover that the nuances of its design lead to a superior brew. Unlike its cone-shaped contenders, the Japanese-made Kalita features a flat bottom with three drip holes, which enables more easily and evenly saturated coffee grounds.

    The flat-bottom shape and its larger surface resulted in a rich and robust single cup of coffee, and was also the most user-friendly of the drippers that required a swirled pour, producing between 16 to 26 ounces at a time. Where grounds tend to be pushed up the sides of a cone-shaped design, the Kalita grounds stay even, so the water stays in contact with all the grounds longer, allowing for more consistent and sustained extraction.

    The actual brew time is quite quick: During our testing it took just 2 ½ minutes from our first pour of water until the last drip of coffee landed in our mug. All the while, the temperature of the brew stayed nice and hot ( at 160.5 degrees), topped only by the Chemex in heat retention. Setting up the Kalita is as simple as removing it from its box and giving it a soapy rinse.

    Another plus: The Kalita has a 4-inch wide base so it can be rested atop a wide-mouth mug (not all drippers tested can accommodate that). And while we prefer the heat-resistant, lightweight glass model, it’s also available in multiple colors, as well as porcelain, stainless steel and copper materials. It’s also a breeze to clean: The plastic base twists off easily and it’s all dishwasher safe.

    If we had a nit to pick with this dripper it’s the fact that it is made to be used with special Kalita Wave white paper filters. A bit pricey at about $17 for 50 (by comparison, other makers use regular Melitta No. 2 filters that are $20 for 600), they’re available on Amazon, but sometimes are out of stock, so we recommend grabbing a couple of boxes at a time when you have the chance.

    Overall, at less than $30, the Kalita Wave consistently delivers great-tasting, full-bodied, piping hot coffee, and its flat-bottom design means even pour-over novices should see great coffee-shop-worthy results.

    Best pour-over coffee maker for beginners

    The OXO Brew Pour-Over Coffee Maker is perfect for beginners, as it takes the guesswork out of the pouring process. Simply fill the water tank to your desired amount and let it control the flow rate. Just don’t expect the coffee to be as robust as with the Kalita.

    Best pour-over coffee maker for multiple cups

    When you need to make several cups at once, you can’t go wrong with the glass Chemex pour-over coffee maker. It delivers a light, flavorful, balanced brew every time. An all-in-one model, there’s no need for a separate carafe.

    Best pour-over coffee maker overall

    Best pour-over coffee maker for beginners

    Best pour-over coffee maker for multiple cups

    What we loved

    With three drip holes, the Kalita Wave enables more easily and evenly saturated coffee grounds. The maker produced a rich and robust single cup of coffee, was user friendly and easy to clean.

    Clearly marked with measuring lines, the OXO Brew’s plastic tank holds up to 12 ounces of water and regulates the drip for you. With the OXO Brew, there’s zero need to worry about pouring too much or too little water, getting the swirl just right, allowing enough time for the grounds to bloom and settle, etc.

    This aesthetically pleasing coffeemaker also produces wonderfully light, delicious, flavorful coffee. An all-in-one model that serves as carafe, dripper and pitcher, it can brew up to eight cups at a time, making it a fantastic alternative for a couple or small group.

    What we didn’t like

    Our one sour point with this dripper is the fact that you have to use special Kalita Wave white paper filters for brewing, which are a bit pricey at about $17 for 50.

    The coffee was not as robust as that produced by some of the other models; we found it to be a bit on the weak side. However, by experimenting with adding more grounds at a finer size, we were able to home in on a bolder brew.

    Obviously, it takes longer to brew eight cups and keeping all that coffee warm among fewer drinkers can be a challenge. This maker also requires special Chemex paper filters that aren’t exactly the cheapest.

    Key Specs

    Makes between 16 to 26 ounces in 2 ½ minutes

    Holds up to 12 ounces of water and self- regulates the drip. Makes coffee in about 2 ½ minutes

    Makes eight cups in a little over four minutes

    Price

    $24.99



    $17.95



    $46.68

    New at this? To make pour-over coffee, a dripper is placed on a cup or carafe and hot water (at around 200 degrees) is poured over pre-measured coffee grounds, which are then filtered into a cup or carafe. The speed of the pour, swirl technique, amount of water, amount of grounds, size of grounds and type of filter can all be adjusted to reach your favorite flavor profile.

    And while it all looks pretty simple — most drippers are smaller than a cereal bowl and come with no other accessories — perfecting the pour-over requires practice, experimentation and a few extra tools.

    Before you begin, you’ll need a kettle to boil water (we used an electric tea kettle, but many experts recommend a long-neck version for better control). You can, of course, use pre-ground coffee beans, but for the best, freshest flavor, you’ll want to use a burr grinder (we used the Breville Virtuoso) on whole beans right before you’re ready to start. If your grinder doesn’t feature a built-in measuring system, you’ll need a digital kitchen scale to control the amount of grounds used. Until you get the hang of it, you may also need a glass measuring cup to be sure you’re not using too much or too little water to brew your cup.

    We used the traditional pour-over coffee-making ratio of 2 rounded tablespoons of medium-sized grounds to 6 ounces of water, testing both a light and a dark roast for flavor comparisons. (Too coarse a grind will deliver weaker coffee, while too fine a grind can make it bitter.) Overall, we preferred the light roast for this method, as the dark resulted in a very intense brew. For each dripper, we poured water evenly and gently, swirling it from the center out until the grounds were just saturated, then waited 30 seconds for the grounds to bloom and settle back down (carbon dioxide is released when the hot water hits the coffee, causing it to bubble up). Then we added the remaining water. We also used a timer to measure how long each dripper took from the first pour to the last drip.

    We tested how hot each cup of coffee was (the National Coffee Association recommends serving fresh coffee at 180 to 185 degrees, while a study in the National Library of Medicine finds 140 degrees, plus or minus 15 degrees, to be the drinking optimal temperature for test subjects). And, finally, we sampled each brew, drinking the coffee black and noting its taste, intensity and whether any extra flavors showed up that shouldn’t be there.

    We didn’t notice much of a difference in heat temperature among the models. The Chemex was hottest, but the others were all in the same general range. They also all took about the same time to brew — right around two minutes (not including, of course, the two larger-capacity carafes).

    In general, we preferred the glass or ceramic/porcelain drippers to the stainless steel models. While stainless steel options have the benefit of not needing a paper filter (which not only saves money but is also more eco-friendly), we found they do allow small particles to seep into the coffee. That means you get a cloudier color, a less-crisp taste and that grounds sometimes find their way into your cup. We experienced none of those issues when we used paper filters.

    Performance

    • Optimum temperature: According to the National Coffee Association, the optimum temperature for freshly brewed coffee is typically 180-185 degrees, while studies have shown coffee drinkers like the temp to be around 140 degrees. Using that standard we measured the temperature of each cup using a food thermometer, rating each machine on its heat.
    • Quality of brew: We noted how the coffee tasted after being brewed, including whether it was overly bitter or weak, if flavors or acidity existed that shouldn’t be there, and whether too much — or not enough — heat impacted its taste.
    • Filters: We assessed whether or not the coffee dripper required a paper filter, and, when a paper filter was needed, whether it had to be specific to the model. We also looked at the prices and availability of those specific filters.
    • Brew time: We pulled up our stopwatch app to keep track of how long it took to brew the coffee from the first pour to the last drip, with shorter brew times scoring more points.
    • User-friendliness: From unboxing and setup to brewing, we took notes on how easy each machine was to use, including whether the design was intuitive or overly complicated and whether any extra steps were needed in comparison to other models.
    • Serving size: For each device, we noted how many cups of coffee each dripper could produce.
    • Dripping: We noted whether each coffee dripper caused any dripping upon removal from the cup or carafe.

    Durability

    • Everyday durability/signs of damage: For this category, we noted how easy or difficult each coffee machine was to set up, whether its parts felt sturdy or weak, and if standard use could cause any damage to the parts.
    • Build quality: We observed the materials each brewer was constructed of — metal, plastic, ceramic/porcelain — and how those materials affected the brew.
    • Cleaning: We made notes on how easy or difficult it was to clean each coffee dripper, including whether it was dishwasher safe.

    Warranty: We noted the number of years of warranty for each machine.

    Hario V60 Ceramic Coffee Dripper ($24.48; amazon.com)

    If you’ve been wanting to give pour-over coffee a try without making a huge investment, at less than $25, the handsome Hario V60 is a nice option. Able to brew up to 10 ounces at a time, this cone-shaped ceramic dripper features spiral ribs that allow more room for the coffee grounds to expand. Also available in glass and metal, as well as multiple colors, it includes one large hole, which means the speed at which you pour your water will have more of an impact on the flavor than, say, the Kalita.

    Like other models, the Japanese-made Hario sells specialized No. 2 filters for its dripper (about $10 for 100), which certainly isn’t super convenient, and its smaller base means it won’t fit well on an oversized mug. We liked that it came with a cute little handle and a plastic measuring spoon, but it brewed at a lower temperature than most of its competitors, and while still better tasting than what you’d get from a traditional coffee machine, it had a more watered-down finish than the winning drippers.

    Bee House Ceramic Coffee Dripper ($32.86; amazon.com)

    Like the Hario, the Bee House, also made in Japan, is elegant in white ceramic (and also comes in blue, brown and red). The short, curved handle gives it a unique aesthetic and we liked the fact that it features holes near the base that allow you to see how much coffee has been brewed without having to lift the dripper up off your cup. But the oblong bottom was awkward when placing the apparatus on top of a mug and it just didn’t work well at all with a wide-mouthed mug.

    The coffee it produced, meanwhile, ranked high among those tested, resulting in a nice, clear and light flavor that was not at all bitter and had a good mouthfeel. We also appreciated that it doesn’t require its own special filters and can be used with Melitta No. 2 filters (you can get 600 filters for about $20 on Amazon and find them in most supermarkets). And for those who hate the waste of filters, we tried it with a reusable cloth filter and found it did a fine job.

    Bodum Pour-Over Coffee Maker with Permanent Filter ($22; amazon.com)

    Available in sizes ranging from 12 to 51 ounces and three colors, we opted for the 34-ounce all-in-one pour-over carafe from Bodum. Similar in design to the Chemex, and at half the price, one big difference here is that the Bodum includes a reusable stainless steel mesh filter. While that will save you a lot of dough on buying paper filters, unfortunately, it will cost you when it comes to flavor. We found the stainless steel filters allow small amounts of sediment to seep through into the coffee, causing cloudiness and a slightly bitter taste. The coffee was also on the low end when it came to heat, which means a second cup is almost too cold to drink. And while Bodum offers a one-year limited warranty on the product, glass is not covered by it, which seems pretty useless. On the bright side, the collar is easy to remove and the whole thing is dishwasher safe. It also comes with a measuring spoon and works swiftly, brewing four cups in about four minutes.

    Yitelle Stainless Steel Pour-Over Coffee Cone Dripper ($15.94, amazon.com)

    First, the things we like about this inexpensive option: With a wide base, it fits nicely on oversized coffee mugs. The stainless steel mesh, cone-shaped design means there’s no need to buy paper filters. It brews some of the hottest coffee of the drippers we tested, clocking in at just over two minutes when it comes to brew time. It’s also dishwasher safe, comes with a handy little cleaning brush and a stainless steel scooping spoon and the brand features a no-questions-asked lifetime warranty.

    But when you get down to it, your coffee’s taste is what really matters and we found not only little bits of grounds in the bottom of our cup, but also a cloudiness and bitterness that canceled out all the good.

    Melitta Pour-Over Coffee Cone Brewer and No. 2 Filter Set ($13.95; amazon.com)

    For those looking to just dip their toes in the pour-over coffee pool, Melitta’s inexpensive, easy-to-use plastic cone-shaped version is a great starter option. Available in black or red, it uses the brand’s widely available brown No. 2 filters (a pack is included in this package combo), has a clever design that allows you to see into the cup during the brew process and fits nicely atop a variety of mug sizes. Producing drip coffee and filters since 1908, Melitta’s dripper gets high ratings on Amazon with reviewers praising it for being dishwasher safe, lightweight and allowing you to see into the cup. Where it falters for us, though, is the plastic build, which makes it feel far less sturdy than glass or ceramic models, causing us to stress out that it would tip over while pouring our hot water. The coffee’s flavor, meanwhile, was fine, but more often than not presented as pungent and did not impress us.

    Read more from CNN Underscored’s hands-on testing:

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The Casper Wave Hybrid Snow is a luxurious memory foam mattress meant to keep hot sleepers cool | CNN Underscored

    The Casper Wave Hybrid Snow is a luxurious memory foam mattress meant to keep hot sleepers cool | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Since launching its first bed-in-a-box, Casper has added higher-end offerings to its lineup, and the new, top-of-the-line Wave Hybrid Snow mattress adds cooling material to the popular Wave Hybrid. As the name “Snow” suggests, it’s meant for hot sleepers who want to keep cool while enjoying the comfort of a foam bed.

    We slept on the Wave Hybrid Snow Mattress for a month, testing to see if its mix of perforated foam and cool-touch fabrics really delivered on the company’s promise.

    A luxury memory foam mattress with cooling features for hot sleepers

    Hot sleepers who need support will love Casper’s Wave Hybrid Snow mattress, which kept us cooler than other memory foam mattresses we’ve tested. And like all Casper mattresses, it comes to you in a compact box that makes it easy to get into your bedroom.

    Memory foam mattress owners often complain that despite their comfort, the mattresses make them hot. The Wave Hybrid Snow mattress attempts to address this with a combination of inner springs, latex and foam, plus a new cool-touch top layer. And, in our testing, we found that we felt less hot on the Hybrid Snow than we did sleeping on traditional memory foam mattresses. Paired with a great cooling pillow and a set of linen sheets, it can definitely help address the needs of hot sleepers looking to avoid overheating during the night.

    The Wave Hybrid Snow felt instantly different when lying on it compared to previous memory foam mattresses we’ve tried and owned. The top fabric feels cool to the touch, as Casper intended, and is immediately refreshing. However, this cool feeling disappears after lying on it for a few minutes. But that’s not the entire story.

    The foam itself felt lighter than other memory foam mattresses, and over the course of the night we found we felt cooler, even after the immediate sensation of cooling from the top fabric layer had diminished.

    According to Casper, beneath the top fabric are three layers to help with cooling. The first layer is perforated foam, followed by a layer of latex with Casper’s “heat delete bands” and another layer of perforated foam, all designed to help disperse heat. Our experience bore out the company’s claims, and we think the Wave Hybrid Snow is a good option for hot sleepers who are fans of memory foam to finally beat the heat.

    Like the rest of Casper’s mattresses, the Wave Hybrid Snow comes in only one firmness level. Based on our experience with the Wave Hybrid Snow and other Casper products we’d say this is comparable to the soft mattresses offered by other brands, and we think that side and back sleepers who like a softer bed will find this supportive and plush.

    While it’s soft, the Wave Hybrid Snow doesn’t skimp on support. The mattress has gel pods under the waist and lower back area to offer more support, and while we didn’t feel these areas while we were sleeping (a good thing), we did find that the mattress was more supportive in the middle, and this was true across the width of the mattress. There is also edge support around the bed’s perimeter to help prevent sagging when sitting on the edge.

    One drawback of some memory foam beds — especially those that ship in a box — is that they have a chemical smell when removing the wrap. The Casper mattress came vacuum-sealed in a bag, but upon opening it we didn’t detect the slightest hint of any chemical smell. Casper’s foams are CertiPUR-US certified, which means they’re made without ozone-depleting chemicals. The brand also tests for low volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions for indoor air quality (less than 0.5 parts per million).

    Casper mattresses come compressed tightly into a box. which isn't just great for saving on shipping. The compact size makes it relatively easy to wrangle the mattress into tight spaces, like this small bedroom, though we struggled a bit with the Wave Hybrid Snow's heavy weight.

    Not only is it nice to get a mattress delivered to your house or apartment, the packaging makes it easier to get it to your bedroom too. Like other Casper products, the queen-size mattress comes in a fairly manageable (though extremely heavy) box, in this case approximately 4 feet high and 2 feet in width and length. It was easy to get into our home and into the bedroom, without any worries about how to squeeze the box through doorframes or pivot on staircases, as with large traditional mattresses. The box has side cutout handles that make it easy to grab while moving it, which was very helpful when moving it around.

    Casper’s mattresses come in only one firmness level, and that includes the Wave Hybrid Snow. Unlike other brands, Casper doesn’t offer a choice of plush, medium or firm, and the company doesn’t specify how firm the Wave Hybrid Snow or any of its mattresses are by comparison with competitors. We found the bed was soft when testing it, so those who prefer firm mattresses may find this too soft.

    I expected this mattress to be heavy — after all, it is a mattress — but I didn’t expect it to be so hefty I wouldn’t be able to move it by myself. I managed to scoot the box with a lot of effort, but I had to enlist the help of a friend to put the 111-pound mattress on the bed and take it out of the vacuum-sealed plastic. Even with the two of us it was still a struggle but doable. (For reference, I’m 5 feett, 2 inches tall, so someone with a bigger stature may not have as much trouble.)

    Instructions and labeling should be clearer

    One might think it’s pretty simple to set up a bed by removing the plastic and letting it inflate. Casper’s instructions were a bit too minimal, however, with just three pictures accompanying instructions to cut the plastic, unroll the bed toward you and then cut the vacuum-sealed plastic to inflate the mattress.

    While this sounds relatively simple enough, as packed it was unclear which was the foot or top of the bed or if there was even a difference, making it confusing to know if we had to turn the bed. We rolled the plastic in the direction pictured (or so we thought), ending up with the bottom side of the bed facing up, meaning we had to flip the 111-pound mattress immediately. We’d love to see clearer labeling on the package itself.

    Overall, the Wave Hybrid Snow is enjoyable to sleep on, comfortable and doesn’t cause any tossing and turning. It doesn’t feel like you’re sleeping on snow like the name might imply, but it does feel cooler. Compared to other memory foam mattresses I’ve tested or owned in the past, this bed releases heat better. It’s a great choice for those who sleep hot and find regular foam mattresses too hot or for those who want a cooler mattress.

    One thing to note: The top layer of foam feels light and airy rather than squishy like some memory foam, which gives less of a sinking feeling than typical memory foam. That’s not to say it doesn’t sink in — it has some give — but it may not be for someone who likes being hugged by memory foam. Also, because it comes in only one firmness level, which I found soft, it’s not for someone who likes a firm bed.

    This bed is pricier than other direct-to-consumer memory foam mattresses (and is at the very top end of Casper’s range). That said, it’s not as pricey as equivalents you might find at brick-and-mortar retailers: The Tempur-Pedic 8° Cooler LUXEbreeze, for example, is much more expensive, at $5,449 for a queen. And if you can snag the Wave Hybrid Snow on sale, it’s an even better deal; we’ve seen it on sale periodically at 25% off, bringing it under $3,000 for a queen, comparable in price to other memory foam mattresses

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • Best weight loss apps in 2023, tested by our editors | CNN Underscored

    Best weight loss apps in 2023, tested by our editors | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    A recent global study by Ipsos carried out across 30 countries found that 45% of people globally say they are currently trying to lose weight. According to the CDC, people who lose weight gradually and steadily (about 1 to 2 pounds per week) are more successful at keeping weight off. Using a weight loss app on your smartphone or laptop can help, giving you a convenient and reliable way to track your slow but steady progress.

    “Weight loss apps can be a great way to help adults be aware of their nutrition and lifestyle habits,” says Jaime Coffey Martinez, a registered dietitian and owner and founder of Nutrition CPR LLC, a health and wellness center. Martinez has over 20 years of experience in the fields of medical nutrition therapy, weight loss, functional medicine, sports nutrition, corporate wellness and fitness, private nutrition coaching and pharmaceuticals. “In addition to tracking your food intake,” continues Martinez, “many offer support forums, recipes and an ability to sync with other apps such as fitness trackers and smart scales. These are all beneficial tools in an individual’s weight loss journey.”

    To find the best weight loss app, we tested five candidates over the course of five weeks. On our list were the premium (paid) versions of LoseIt! Premium, MyFitnessPal Premium, MyNetDiary Premium, Noom and WW / WeightWatchers. We tested each of them for ease of setup, design, features and cost.

    We learned two important things during testing. One, all of the apps can help you track your food intake and activity levels, and two, some apps are easier to use and update. After our testing was complete, we named LoseIt! Premium the winner because of its simplicity, intuitiveness and affordability.

    Best weight loss app overall

    We found LoseIt! Premium to be simple and intuitive, and the most affordable of the weight loss apps we tested. It offers robust support for its user community, with active nutrition- and weight loss-related user forum discussions.

    LoseIt! Premium’s beauty is in its simplicity. During testing, we noted that this app’s primary focus is on losing weight. It offers personalized weight loss plans, meal and exercise planning, and food logging. Its home screen was a diary of the food we ate that day. Entering our food consumption was a simple matter of just touching the “Add” button for the meal, and then entering the details of each food item at the top of the screen.

    The LoseIt! Premium app included branded food and drink items, so we were able to enter the brand name of a food — such as Wegmans Pulled Pork Barbecue — and get the number of calories in it. Likewise, we could look for something — such as Bacardi Black Dark Rum — and compare its calories with other types of dark rum. This prevented us from being in a quandary over which item to buy while we shopped.

    An important, but often overlooked, capability of a great weight loss app is its ability to let a user make changes quickly and easily; the LoseIt! Premium app gave us this ability. With some other apps we tested, if we mistakenly entered the wrong food name, removing the entry was often complicated, sometimes seemingly impossible. But edits we made in the LoseIt! Premium app were simple and intuitive.

    To make changes, we just clicked on an entry. To remove an entry, we just clicked the X on the right-hand side in the web app or we slid the entry to the left in the mobile app and touched “Delete.”

    We were able to add activity, including exercise, manually during testing. You could also add activity through the use of a wearable device such as an Apple Watch. The app incorporated our activity in its calorie calculations, meaning we could offset what we ate through activity.

    Once you've started tracking food, the LoseIt! Premium app keeps track of items you eat frequently, making it easier to track items you eat most often.

    LoseIt! Premium also includes robust goal-setting features and support for a community of users. We noted its many lively discussion forums, which were nutrition- and weight loss-related rather than the random discussions we often found in the other apps.

    You can use LoseIt! Premium as both a web app and a mobile app for Android or iOS mobile devices. LoseIt! Premium also offers integration with running apps Runkeeper and Strava.

    You can sign up for a seven-day free trial. You can stay with the free version of LoseIt!, but know that it offers fewer features than the Premium (paid) app. The Premium app costs $40 per year (billed annually), which is the least expensive of the weight loss apps we tested. There is no option to be billed monthly, but you can sign up for a lifetime Premium membership for only $100.

    In a recent report from the CDC, it was found that few Americans eat close to their daily recommendations of fruits and vegetables. One of the ways you can be sure you’re eating enough fruits and vegetables is by tracking your intake in a weight loss app. While there are differences in their approach, all of the weight loss apps we tested depend on you accurately tracking your food intake and recording it in the app. This alone can be crucial to your overall weight loss journey, if only because it can be so easy to forget what and how much you ate if you don’t consistently track it.

    “The main features of most apps are tracking and goal setting,” says Dr. Evan M. Forman, psychology professor and director of the Center for Weight, Eating and Lifestyle Science (the WELL Center) at Drexel University. Dr. Forman is also the author of a clinician guide and workbook called “Effective Weight Loss: An Acceptance-Based Behavioral Approach” for Oxford University Press’s “Treatments that Work” series. “Those are important features, but they are not going to be enough for most people,” continues Dr. Forman.

    “For example, it takes a lot of effort to track everything you eat, and even more effort to do it accurately (which requires a good deal of weighing and measuring). So, most people will need help with motivation, whether in the form of cognitive-behavioral skills or someone to whom they are accountable. They also may need an expert coach who can review their food records for accuracy and to make suggestions.”

    Martinez agrees, adding that people need to keep in mind that weight loss apps are not an exact science into your nutrition, but instead, “more of a window into your intake and habits.”

    Martinez points out that some apps allow individuals to enter a food into the database and the nutrition information may not be entered correctly, causing totals and tracking to be incorrect. In our testing, the better weight loss apps did link to cloud-based databases that contained the calorie content of thousands of foods and other consumables. They showed us the value of standard servings and they even showed us the effect of differing preparation methods, such as whether a food is fried, broiled or eaten raw.

    Unfortunately, some of the apps we tested did indeed have databases with errors or poorly chosen serving sizes. This is the reason why you should remain realistic about what weight loss apps can do for you.

    “I recommend clients use them as a tool but not the holy grail when reviewing their nutrition,” says Martinez. “My biggest piece of advice for clients when using weight loss apps is to not get wrapped around the axle with numbers. Clients can become ‘numbers-obsessed’ and can develop an unhealthy relationship with food. Instead, use them as a guide and to help with accountability. Remember, it is about the journey, not one food or one entry.”

    When it comes to choosing the right weight loss app for you, both Martinez and Dr. Forman have some advice. Martinez says to make sure it includes “the ability to sync with other apps and devices” to track physical activity.

    According to Martinez, weight loss apps are particularly helpful tools because they can provide accountability, motivation and structure to help individuals achieve their overall fitness and healthy lifestyle goals.

    “Apps allow tracking of not only calories but, more importantly, macronutrient balances (carbs, proteins and fats) and habits such as the timing of your meals and snacking,” explains Martinez. “In addition, many apps also track fiber, sugar, water and specific nutrients,” she continues, “which can be instrumental in a targeted approach to proper nutrition based on goals and medical history. The ability to also track lifestyle habits, and sync with other health apps and devices, addresses a multifaceted approach to weight loss.”

    Dr. Forman points out that tracking everything you eat is hard work, so you want an app that makes this as easy as possible. “For instance, you should choose an app that has foods that you eat (whether branded or not) in its tracking database,” he says. “Also, you want an app that makes it easy to create and save custom foods, recipes and meals because that’s a real timesaver.”

    He also advises to make sure the app you choose includes easy ways to sync your weight and physical activity, if you track those using wireless devices like a wireless scale or an activity band or watch. “In addition, many people will benefit from an app that will help you develop important cognitive-behavioral skills and strategies,” he says.

    According to Dr. Forman, people should choose apps that have coaches because they “will help you be successful both in terms of guidance and in terms of accountability,” he explains. “Having regular meetings with a coach is one of the best ways to keep yourself accountable.”

    When all is said and done, people need to remain realistic about what weight loss apps can do for them. These apps don’t always help bring about massive weight loss for everyone who uses them.

    “Weight loss apps are the most convenient, least expensive and therefore most popular method of losing weight,” says Dr. Forman. “[But] if an app doesn’t work for you, don’t give up,” he advises. “Weight loss and weight loss maintenance are supremely difficult and you may well need professional help.”

    During our pre-testing research, we found there are many different weight loss apps available for download. We selected our five candidates by making sure they were all subscription-based, either paid monthly or annually.

    We made sure all five apps we selected could run on both Android or iOS devices and can be used through their respective websites from a desktop or laptop computer. The apps all needed an active connection to the internet to retrieve information such as calorie counts and to their respective cloud services to store their data.

    We installed each of the five apps to our iPhone 13 Pro smartphone running iOS 15.5. The web apps were reached using a variety of browsers running on computers running Microsoft Windows 10 or 11.

    We tested each of them with the following criteria in mind: ease of installation and setup, ease of use, design, features offered and cost.

    To start testing, we first created an account with each app and initiated the sign-up process. Each of the apps required a sign-up process that included questions about current height, weight, gender, goals and, in some cases, more details about lifestyle and activity. Despite being provided identical information, each of the apps produced different weight loss strategies and different durations, and all suggested different goals.

    We tested all five apps by recording meals over the course of five weeks, entering food items into each one at the conclusion of each meal. We depended on the nutrition information contained in each app’s database or we entered nutrition information for foods not contained in the database.

    Lastly, we then checked out the user forums the apps provided, if any, and noted how helpful the topics discussed were.

    MyFitnessPal is a complete calorie counter that also helps keep track of your activity. Food tracking uses a detailed and expansive database with hundreds of millions of entries. Exercise tracking, likewise, includes detailed choices such as a choice of 16 entries under the “Walking” section.

    MyFitnessPal Premium offers food analysis tools, exercise tracking tools, individualized coaching, a recipe log, a food database, workout routines and smartphone meal scanning.

    You can use MyFitnessPal Premium as both a web app and a mobile app for Android or iOS mobile devices. MyFitnessPal Premium offers integration with running apps Runkeeper and Strava, among other apps.

    MyFitnessPal Premium shows you a summary of your food intake and exercise along with an encouraging message each day.

    You can sign up for a one-month free trial. The paid account option starts off at $20 per month (billed monthly), which adds up to $240 per year. You can also sign up for a 12-month membership — paid upfront — for $80.

    Though we tested the paid version, we noticed that the free version of MyFitnessPal may be all you need. Unlike some apps where the premium version adds some significant features, the free version of MyFitnessPal can be sufficient for most users.

    The premium version of MyFitnessPal eliminates pop-up ads and gives you access to a wider selection of foods. But at $20 per month, you might just decide you can deal with the free version’s ads.

    MyNetDiary Premium offers personalized weight loss plans, meal and exercise planning, food logging, community support and more. Included in MyNetDiary Premium is support for several types of diets, including calorie-counting, keto, low-carb, Mediterranean, vegan, vegetarian and more.

    You can use MyNetDiary Premium as both a web app and a mobile app for Android or iOS mobile devices. MyNetDiary Premium also offers integration with Fitbit fitness trackers, Garmin Connect-enabled devices and with Withings Wi-Fi smart scales, blood pressure monitors and activity trackers.

    It was clear to us that MyNetDiary considers itself in direct competition with MyFitnessPal, if only because of the extensive section on its website explaining the differences between the two. And there are important differences, including MyNetDiary Premium’s support for your smartwatch and extensive support for its free version.

    MyNetDiary Premium shows you a list of foods that you commonly log to make recording meals easy.

    We thought using the free version of MyNetDiary was easier than with MyFitnessPal’s free version. For one thing, we weren’t bombarded with pop-up ads and upgrade offers.

    In addition, MyNetDiary claims that its database is more reliable than MyFitnessPal’s, with all of the food items in the former being verified. This means that we weren’t as likely to search for a food in MyNetDiary’s database and then get several choices back that were different each time.

    MyNetDiary Premium’s account options start off at $9 per month (billed monthly) which adds up to $108 per year. You can also sign up for a 12-month membership of MyNetDiary Premium — paid upfront — for $60.

    Noom offers one-on-one coaching, support groups facilitated by a group coach and daily lessons. Noom’s daily lessons were intended to help us with our weight loss journey. The lessons were aimed at the psychology of weight loss which, the company says, would help build our confidence.

    Noom also offers tools for food logging and calorie and exercise tracking. Its calorie-tracking feature proved to be similar to the other weight loss apps we tested, but some of Noom’s results mystified us during testing.

    For example, when we tried to track more than one cup of coffee during a meal, we got dropped into a part of the app where coffee is measured by the bowl, not the cup — and the size of the bowl is not given. It took us an extra step to track our two cups of coffee.

    Noom provides a handy summary page that shows your daily progress for the types of food you're consuming.

    To us, Noom, the company, appears to have positioned itself as the alternative to WW / WeightWatchers in its ads and positioning. Noom makes a point of stressing that its app is based on psychology rather than on simply counting calories. This may be why the company has recently introduced a stress management program in addition to weight loss.

    You can use Noom as both a web app on your desktop or laptop computer, and as a mobile app on Android devices or iOS mobile devices such as the Apple Watch. On iOS, Noom syncs with a wide range of health and fitness apps, but the company says the app “only syncs your steps and weight information. If you want to sync blood pressure or blood glucose data, you’ll need to use a compatible monitoring device. If the app you’re syncing with Noom only tracks step data (not weight), then the step data will show up in Noom.” The list of compatible apps it can integrate with includes Fitbit, Garmin, iHealth, Misfit, Omron, Polar, Qardio, Runkeeper, Withings and Yoo.

    You can sign up for a seven-day free trial of Noom. The paid account option starts off at $60 per month (billed monthly), which adds up to $720 per year. But it’s also available in multiple-month timeframes, paid upfront. For example, you can pay for a 12-month membership — paid upfront — for $200.

    WW / WeightWatchers is probably the best-known weight loss program around. The program is known for its in-person weekly meetings in which members are motivated by peer contact and advice from professional leaders. WW / WeightWatchers is now also available through a weight loss app that will lead you through the program.

    The WW / WeightWatchers app offers customized food plans, meal planners, a smartphone barcode scanner for easy shopping and a restaurant and recipe database with over 11,000 recipes. It also provides on-demand workouts with the ability to sync with fitness trackers, 24/7 live chat with a coach and weekly progress reports. It also lets you track your activity, food and water intake and weight.

    A significant difference is that the WW / WeightWatchers app — like the in-person program — does not count calories. Rather, the app assigns you a “PersonalPoints Budget,” with an individualized ZeroPoint foods list. The points for each food item are based on a number of criteria for each type of food. ZeroPoint foods are food items that contain zero points. Each user is assigned a daily point target within their PersonalPoints Budget, with the idea that, by staying within the recommended points budget, the user will lose weight.

    WW provides a summary of your daily consumption, but instead of calories consumed, it provides its own points system.

    However, we found the points system in the app to be confusing. This was because points assigned to a food item differed depending on factors other than the characteristics of the food itself. And those differences depended on which of the many customized plans WW / WeightWatchers uses. So, you might find that some fresh fruit contains zero points assigned in your plan but does contain points in another user’s plan. These differences in the app made choosing food while shopping or in meal preparation difficult for us.

    In addition, the company seems to change its plans annually, which means you may have to relearn the program and app each year. Fortunately, though, we thought WW / WeightWatchers seems to be based on sound nutritional principles, so we thought we were healthy while using the app.

    You can use WW / WeightWatchers as both a web app and a mobile app for Android or iOS mobile devices. The app syncs with the WW / WeightWatchers Body Analysis Bluetooth Scale (made by Conair) and auto-tracks your weight for you. The app syncs with Fitbit, Google Fit and Withings activity trackers.

    WW / WeightWatchers’s paid account option starts off at $23 per month or $276 per year (both billed monthly). The app is also included with all WW / WeightWatchers memberships.

    Read more from CNN Underscored’s hands-on testing and fitness coverage:

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best smart locks in 2023: tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    The best smart locks in 2023: tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    If you’ve ever struggled to pull out your key from the bottom of your bag while juggling groceries and kids, worried about how the cat sitter is going to get in while you’re on vacation, or rushed home from work to let in houseguests, then you’ll understand immediately how a lock that opens at your approach, with a simple tap, or remotely, can make life a whole lot more convenient.

    We spent four months testing 12 of the latest smart locks to see which ones perform the best. Whether you’re looking for an affordable, basic or a top-of-the-line do-everything device, we’ve found the best smart locks for your home.

    Best smart lock overall

    The Yale Assure Lock 2 is a full-featured replacement smart lock with a sleek, modular design that lets you buy just what you need and upgrade as you like. We found it easy to use and share access to you home, and it integrates easily with smart HomeKit, Alexa and Google Home.

    Best value smart lock

    Detailed instructions make the affordable Wyze Lock Bolt simple to install, it’s simple to use whether you’re just looking to get into your home or share codes with guests, and it looks nicer than other budget locks.

    Yale

    The Yale Assure Lock 2 is a full-featured replacement lock with a modular design that lets you buy exactly what you need to get the sort of access you want. Building on the same core unit, you can choose between keypad or touchscreen and keyed and keyless models, and whatever flavor of smart home connectivity suits your setup. It works well, is simple to install, and is simple to upgrade to meet changing smart home standards.

    To be worth the money, a smart lock needs to make life simpler than a plain old lock and key, letting you manage access to your home for you, your family, your houseguests, and whoever else you invite over and the Yale Assure really delivers. Yale’s system lets us provide permanent or temporary access using just geofencing, codes, and remote control more easily than any other lock we tested.

    Using the Yale Access app, you can easily grant codes to anyone you need — we set up access for our family, and our cat sitter right from your phone or smartwatch (we used our Apple Watch); you can also set everything up or control everything via the Apple Home app, even over Bluetooth.

    Through the Yale Access app, I added our son to our lock (he had to download and set up the app on his phone) and was able to grant him PIN access using a code. Granting unique codes lets you see in the app’s history log just who came and went — no need to loan out extra keys or worry about getting them back. I used that for our cat sitter and set up a Smart Alert to notify us when she used the lock. That way we knew what time the cats were last fed, so they couldn’t pretend they were starving when we got home.

    If you use the Wi-Fi module, then you can integrate with Amazon Alexa or Google Home and get full remote access using any of the big three smart home platforms. Z-Wave and Matter Smart models are slated to be available later this year (at $79 each), so you should be able to make the lock work with almost any smart home system.

    We tested the keyless, touchscreen-equipped base unit, along with the Wi-Fi smart module. Installation was simple — you scan a QR code to open a tutorial that walks you through the setup process with detailed info and videos. We didn’t have as smooth an experience with some other locks, and setting up the Yale was much easier and faster. The smart module attaches to the interior of the lock right above the battery and connects to our home Wi-Fi without any issues.

    You can also set the Assure Lock 2 to auto-unlock based on your phone’s location, so you don’t have to have anything in hand to open the door. A “Door Sense” feature can monitor whether when the door is open or closed and will auto lock after a set time (or alert you that it cannot). Smart Alerts can also be set to notify you when specific users have accessed the lock.

    Unique, timed codes can be shared, making this an easy way to give guest access, great for a rental property. You’ll also see a log of who came and went so you’ll know if the cat sitter showed up or if the kids got home from school.

    We tried out a keyless model, but if you opt for a keyless lock you won’t need to worry about the battery running out — a set of prongs on the bottom lets you recharge the lock enough to get access using a 9-volt battery.

    While the Yale Assure Lock 2 has almost all the features we looked for in a smart lock, it doesn’t offer a fingerprint scanner, which some other smart locks do and we enjoyed using as an alternative. The backlit touchscreen keypad was responsive but tapping the right spot to turn on the backlight took a few tries.

    While the Wi-Fi module worked with the Apple and Google platforms, we did have some initial difficulty connecting it to Alexa, it took a couple of tries and didn’t always connect quickly. Response to voice commands via an Amazon smart speaker was wonky.

    Door Sense is a great feature in theory, but frustrating in practice. Understandably, there’s no way for the lock to close the door on its own, but if it kicks on when the door is open, it simply locks the door while it’s open, which isn’t helpful even if you know about it.

    The Assure Lock 2 is more flexible and updatable than most of the competition, and if you don’t need all the features, you don’t have to pay for them. It’s both less expensive and more future-proof than the similarly spec’d Schlage Encode Plus. And the Yale Assure Lock 2 has a sleeker and less cumbersome look (it comes in black, bronze and satin nickel finishes, though no brushed chrome) than some of the bulkier locks we tested, so it’ll integrate with your decor as easily as it will with your smart home devices.

    wyze lock bolt_inline_cnnu

    Wyze

    If you want keyless door entry but don’t want to spend a lot of money, the Bluetooth-only Wyze Lock Bolt is the best value lock we tested. You get multiple options for unlocking the door; using the app, punching in a code on the backlit keypad, or using a fingerprint reader — a surprise at this price, especially one that works as reliably as it does.

    Although it lacks some of the features of a more expensive device like the Yale Assure Lock 2 or the Schlage Encode Plus, the affordable Wyze Lock Bolt looks pretty good on the door and provides most of the features you really need, including guest access, temporary codes, auto lock and a lock history so you know who has come in and out and if there were any failed attempts.

    Detailed instructions made installing the Wyze Lock Bolt easy, and we completed it in 15 minutes. The matte black unit isn’t as slick looking as the Yale Assure Lock 2 or other pricier models, but it isn’t overly clunky looking either.

    Using the lock was simple — it behaved as expected, locking and unlocking without fail — and the fingerprint scanner was responsive. If you prefer to use a code, then you simply type it in and tap the Unlock button. To lock the door when you leave, you simply tap the Lock button. An auto-lock feature can be set to always lock after a certain amount of time, so you never have to worry about whether you forgot to lock the door.

    The Wyze app stores up to 50 different fingerprints so everyone in the household can use it, as well as anyone you trust enough to give open access to. For temporary guest access, for our cat sitter, we assigned a unique code that worked only for the specific dates we would be out of town.

    Wyze says the four included AA batteries should last about a year. Although it does warn you when the battery is running low, there’s a failsafe method in case you do find yourself locked out because of a dead battery. There’s a USB-C port hidden on the bottom of the exterior you can use to quickly charge it up enough to unlock the door.

    While this affordable lock is feature-rich, it is missing a lot of the features you get with more expensive locks with Wi-Fi connectivity, like remote access. It can’t interact with Alexa or Google, so there’s no voice control, there’s no geofencing for auto unlocking, and since it isn’t networked, even if you use other Wyze smart home products it won’t integrate with them, although they share the same app. Also, because it can’t tell whether the door is open or closed (as the Yale Assure Lock 2 can), the Wyze Lock Bolt might lock itself when the front door is left open for a reason.

    The Wyze Lock Bolt is a budget-priced smart lock with many advanced features, including a keypad and a reliable fingerprint scanner for those households that want both. Without Wi-Fi it isn’t as “smart” as some of the competition, but it’s got enough features to make managing access to your home easier.

    Smart locks all do one basic thing — let you lock and unlock your door using an app on your phone or via integration with your smart home system over your network or even remotely. How they do it varies quite a bit. Here are 5 things to consider to help you choose the best smart lock for your home.

    Your smart lock needs to connect to something — your smartphone or your home network — in order to communicate commands.

    Most of the locks we tested used Bluetooth, one of the easiest ways to connect. Bluetooth uses very little power, so the batteries in Bluetooth-only locks can last a very long time (most last a year). On the other hand, it doesn’t have as long a range as Wi-Fi, and since Bluetooth-only locks don’t connect to your network, they don’t offer remote control possibilities — to control a Bluetooth-only lock, you’ll need to be home (so no generating custom codes for surprise guests while you’re at the office) and, even when you are home, you’ll need to be close — ideally no more than 30 feet away from the lock — when using the app.

    More advanced locks connect to your home network via Wi-Fi so you can access them remotely wherever you are. Networking also means they can connect with other smart devices you may already have in the home, whether that means Alexa, Google Assistant, a home security system or a dedicated smart home device. We were pleasantly shocked the first time we set an alarm using our Echo Dot and Alexa let us know our front door was unlocked. And yes, Alexa offered to lock it for us without us having to get out of bed. A very minor downside of a Wi-Fi-enabled unit is that it will use more battery power, so you may need to replace your lock’s batteries more frequently.

    If you’re going to invest in a Wi-Fi smart lock, then make sure you buy one that works with the ecosystem you already use (or prefer, if you’re just building a system). Most of the more expensive locks work with either Amazon Echo and Google Assistant and only a few, like the Ultraloq U-Bolt Pro Wi-Fi, also include support for Samsung SmartThings. Some, like the Yale Assure Lock 2, Level and Schlage Encode Plus, also offer Apple HomeKit support.

    Schlage and the Level Lock+ support the new Apple HomeKey protocol, which lets you unlock  your door with a tap via NFC using your iPhone or Apple Watch and is a super convenient way for Apple households to share access.

    Since these devices aren’t cheap, you’ll likely want to think about future-proofing your purchase. Matter, a new smart-home connectivity standard, has been in the works for years and should be rolling out next year. Apple, Amazon, Google and Samsung, among others, have made commitments to the standard in the effort to solve the issue of smart home devices not talking to each other and to make it easier for the home user. Once devices start to appear sometime in 2023, Matter should provide a standard protocol for smart home devices, regardless of who manufactured them, to talk to each other.

    At this time of transition, however, only two locks we tested have announced support for Matter. Our favorite lock overall, the modular Yale Assure Lock 2, will get a smart module you can purchase to add onto your existing lock, and the Level Lock+ will be updated via firmware. The other locks will all work just fine in the future, of course, it’s just that they won’t be able to take advantage of the new connectivity standard so they may not speak easily to new smart stuff you buy.

    Do you rent or own your home? Smart locks come in two varieties: those that replace your entire lock and those that work on top of your existing hardware.

    Most likely, if you rent, you’ll need a retrofit lock such as the August Wi-Fi Smart Lock or Wyze Lock Bolt. These attach to your current lock, on the inside, where they work like a miniature robotic hand that turns your deadbolt. This means you won’t need to replace anything, rekey your current lock or have to negotiate with your landlord.

    Most of the locks we tested replace an existing deadbolt and door hardware. It’s a straightforward install and most include good directions for installation. On average, it took about 20 minutes to take off an old lock and install a new one on our front door.

    When you swap out the deadbolt on a lock with a key, you’ll likely get new keys to distribute to the family. The Kwikset Halo was one of our favorites in this respect because it comes with a device to rekey your new lock so you can use your existing keys.

    If you do go this route, then you’ll want to consider the design of the new door hardware. Locks like Schlage offer two designs to choose from: a traditional style and a more contemporary style. Most of the others come in just one style. The finish is important as well. Most smart locks come in a matte silver or black but only a few come in a gold or polished brass finish, which can be an issue for some (like us) who live in an HOA that requires a certain color hardware.

    While all of the locks we tested let you lock and unlock the door using your phone, via a mobile app, geofencing or NFC, you should also consider whether you want to use a numerical keypad or fingerprint scanner as your secondary form of access. (There are, by the way, many keypad-only locks that don’t use apps, but those aren’t technically “smart” locks.)

    Some people prefer a keypad lock so they can provide access codes for guests that have time limits and can be revoked. This is a great option for those who rent out their homes or people who have young children who don’t use smartphones just yet.

    For whole family access, fingerprint scanners are fast, worked well in our testing and were easy to set up. Some locks allow up to 50 fingerprints to be stored, so you can add frequent guests or visitors, but you can’t control access remotely (or create time-limited access) like you can with a keypad code. The user will also have to download the lock’s respective app to use the fingerprint access, which can be problematic if you’re dealing with guests or family who aren’t tech savvy. Another downside is, if you live in areas with very cold temperatures, then you do have to remove your gloves to use a fingerprint scanner.

    Most of the better locks come with a feature (often referred to as PIN Genie) which lets you enter a few random numbers to either the beginning or end of your real code as you type it in. This is useful if you’re punching in a code and don’t want anyone near you to see what you’re doing.

    What happens if your lock runs out of battery? This is a concern for many new and potential smart lock users, but it’s unlikely to happen since the locks we tested all gave us ample warning of low-battery status, with an alert through the app or a flashing LED on the lock itself.

    That said, the higher-end locks we tested typically offered either a 9-volt battery terminal or a USB-C port on the underside of the lock that lets you add a quick charge if you arrive home and find the lock out of power.

    We installed and used all 12 locks on a residential front door over a four-month period. It was a little overwhelming at first and we had a friend assist with the first two installations until we got the hang of it. But thereafter, each installation took anywhere from 15 to 30 minutes — averaging around 20 minutes — including removal of the old door hardware and installation of the new lock. No special tools were required, just a screwdriver and a pair of reading glasses. Sometimes a flashlight.

    We then tested the locks in daily use over several weeks. We looked at ease of use, security and access features, ease of rekeying, in what situations an app was required to interact with the lock, smart home integration, and design considerations.

    If you rent a home or apartment and can’t swap out your existing lock, the August Wi-Fi Smart Lock is the best lock you can get right now. You don’t have to replace your deadbolt and or rekey, turning your existing lock into a smart lock. It has built-in Wi-Fi (and HomeKit) so no need for a bridge, and it offers multiple ways to open and lock your door. It’s small, unobtrusive and works reliably.

    While no one looking at your door’s exterior knows it’s there, the lock on the inside of the door gives you smart features like remote access to let someone in or lock your door while you’re not home. The auto-unlock feature (using our phone’s location) worked flawlessly, and an auto-lock feature (with Door Sense) let us know whether our door was open or closed.

    If you purchase the additional optional keypad, you can share permanent, scheduled or temporary access with friends, dog walkers and guests. We preferred this to the basic Wyze Lock, which lets you share unique codes but doesn’t let you create temporary codes.

    With the built-in Wi-Fi, we were able to connect our Alexa device and lock the door using our voice. It also supports Google Assistant and Samsung SmartThings. Most smart locks at this price only work with Alexa and Google. In addition, since it has HomeKit integration, Apple users can lock and unlock the door using an Apple Watch and Siri voice control.

    August says the two CR123 batteries will last three to 6 months, a shorter lifespan than you’ll get from Kwikset, Schlage and Yale locks, which run on four AA batteries. However, since we couldn’t test the lifespan of either type of battery, it’s also important to note that relying on Wi-Fi, which this lock does, does tend to drain the battery faster. You’ll get notifications from the app when the battery level hits 25% but, unfortunately, you can’t check the level in the app.

    The lock itself has a small, round, compact design, making it look just like any other door lock, and it comes in a silver or black finish. It doesn’t look large and clunky on the door’s interior either, as other replacement locks like Kwikset and Schlage do. The app is user friendly, and the installation instructions were clear.

    If you want a video doorbell integrated into your smart lock — either because you don’t have room for both devices or your condo association doesn’t allow a separately mounted camera — then Eufy’s Security Video Smart Lock is expensive but adds a 2K resolution video camera to a full-featured smart lock. It has a fingerprint sensor and a keypad, works with Google and Alexa smart speakers, and you can access the house using the Eufy app or a regular key.

    We found the 2K video quality and experience to be much better than with the more expensive Lockly Vision Elite, and the Eufy lock has features such as linger detection, which lets you know someone is at the door but they haven’t pressed the doorbell yet. The fingerprint sensor is also in a better location, on the front as opposed to on the side of the lock.

    You may want to keep in mind that, even though the video is stored locally on an SD card, there have been reports that thumbnail photos from Eufy security cameras have been uploaded to their cloud servers, even when cloud services were disabled in the app. We’ll update when we know more, but if this concerns you, then you may want to hold off getting a Eufy security camera until the appropriate fixes have been widely distributed.

    The Kwikset Halo Touch Smart Lock is an attractive, reliable fingerprint lock that’s easy to install, works with Alexa and Google voice assistants (though not HomeKit), is simple to use and works well. However, we recommend it only if you aren’t looking for an easy way to share temporary access with pet sitters or renters.

    This smart lock has a fingerprint scanner and a (rekeyable) keyway and you can add up to 50 users. But there’s no keypad. So to share temporary access with others, you need to invite them to download the app and then create an account to use the app controls to gain entry. If your guest is tech-challenged or doesn’t keep their phone charged, then you might want to stick to a smart lock with a keypad.

    The Kwikset Halo Touch Smart Lock comes in two stylish designs: contemporary (in matte black or satin nickel) or a more traditional design, with curved, softer edges (in satin nickel or venetian bronze). However, if you live in an HOA that requires a certain color hardware on your door, then note that it’s not available in polished brass or matte gold.

    The Kwikset SmartCode Electronic Deadbolt isn’t really a smart lock. It has no Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connectivity — but it’s the simplest replacement lock we tested and a great choice for anyone who wants the benefits of being able to use codes (giving house or pet sitters or guests access without having to distribute extra physical keys) without having to deal with connectivity, apps or the like. The SmartCode simply adds a 10-button numeric keypad (or touchscreen, depending on which version you get) with a designated lock button to a standard deadbolt, making for a simple and effective solution.

    You can create up to 50 permanent codes and 10 temporary codes at a time (you do all of the programming on the keypad itself).

    The SmartCode proved its worth when we went away for a weekend and our elderly neighbor came to feed our cats. She gets nervous about depending on technology and was worried about not being able to get inside. We created a code for her to use, and after we tried it together, she found it easy and straightforward to use, and had no issues all weekend. Once she entered the code, the door automatically unlocked and the “lock button” flashed green. To lock the door, she pressed the Lock button, and it flashed red to show her it was locked.

    Kwikset makes two versions of the SmartCode electronic lock: the SmartCode 260 (which has physical buttons) and the SmartCode 270 (which has a touchscreen). Both are available in traditional or contemporary styles and nickel or bronze finishes. Both come with Kwikset’s easy rekey tool, which lets you easily reset the lock yourself.

    If beautiful design and Apple HomeKit integration are requirements, then the Level Lock+ is the one to get. With a sleek, understated design (created in partnership with Apple), and Home Key support along with HomeKit, it’s a compelling offering for Apple enthusiasts. Also, the company promises a firmware update to support Matter once it’s available.

    Level gives you multiple ways to access your home. We were able to use a physical key, the Level app, or just a touch of the capacitive surface of the physical lock. You also get programmable NFC key cards, which is great for kids who don’t yet have a smartphone or watch.

    It was easy to create timed access for a guest and to revoke it at any time. If you prefer giving guests access using a unique code, then you’ll need to buy the optional Level keypad ($79).

    The Level Lock+ is a replacement lock, but once installed (which we did in 20 minutes), it looks nothing like a smart lock. Both the interior and exterior hardware are sleek and small, the design incorporates the battery (it uses a watch battery), and all the smarts are inside the lock, not in a clunky module that sits on your door. It comes in satin nickel and black finishes only, so if you live in an HOA that requires gold hardware, then you may not be able to use it.

    What makes this lock so easy for Apple households is that, once you add HomeKey to your Wallet, you can share it instantly with other family members; there’s no need to repeat the setup. We used the auto-unlock feature that unlocked the deadbolt as we approached the door, and we never had to have our phone out. However, if you want to control the lock remotely, then you need to have an Apple Home Hub such as a Home Pod or an Apple TV.

    The Level Lock+ is a compelling lock for Apple users who want an easy-to-use, aesthetically-pleasing design and who don’t mind paying top dollar for it.

    The Lockly Vision Elite is an expensive smart lock, with a built-in video camera doorbell that has a fingerprint sensor, a keypad, a traditional key slot and app-controlled access. It’s also solar-powered so you’ll never have to change the battery. The Vision Elite, like most devices that perform two tasks, doesn’t perform both tasks at the same level; in this case, the lock portion is much better than the video doorbell.

    The integration is great; when someone rang our doorbell, a video screen popped up on our phone to show us who was there, and we could have a two-way conversation or just open the door lock. But the motion detection isn’t great, and the resolution is 1080p, lower than the more affordable Eufy’s 2K resolution.

    The Lockly requires you install its own hub to your router; the lock then communicates directly with this rather than broadcasting over your network. The company claims this keeps your stored video more secure, but it’s another hoop to jump through during installation.

    In our testing, the Schlage Encode Plus was a close runner-up to the Yale Assure Lock 2, but it has been in short supply at the time of publication so we can’t recommend it right now. Plus, it’s pricier and doesn’t provide an upgrade path to the forthcoming Matter smart home standard like the Yale lock does.

    If you have an all-Apple household, then the Encode Plus is worth a look. This touchscreen lock does add HomeKey NFC support (which the Yale Assure Lock 2 skips) along with HomeKit. Apple users can tap their iPhone or Apple watch for easy entry. It also has built-in Wi-Fi, so there’s no need for any modules or hubs, and it integrates with Alexa and Google Home.

    And it’s more expensive than the Yale Assure Lock 2, but the full features and choice of modern or traditional design are a compelling reason to get one, especially for Apple households. You just might have a difficult time finding one.

    The SwitchBot is another retrofit lock that’s suitable for renters looking for a simple installation, but overall, we think the August Wi-Fi Smart Lock is a better choice on performance and aesthetic grounds.

    Like the August, the SwitchBot’s designed to fit right over your existing door lock, so you aren’t making any changes to your door. Installation is fussier than with the August, and the adhesive-mounted black plastic housing is clunkier looking. Once mounted, the SwitchBot lock works well but it has limited features.

    On its own, it can only connect to the app via Bluetooth. You need to purchase the additional Hub Mini if you want to add Wi-Fi, and if you want a key-free experience, then you’ll need to buy the separate keypad (for $40 $30) or the Keypad Touch (for $60) that adds a fingerprint reader and the ability to share codes with guests. Overall, it’s not too expensive, and it’s nice that you only need to buy what you need. But once you add on all the extras, we think the beautifully designed August Wi-Fi Smart Lock is worth paying a little more for.

    Ultraloq’s U-Bolt Pro Wi-Fi is a solid and dependable smart lock, offering several ways to unlock your door, along with support for voice command using Alexa and Google. However, for the money, we think the Yale Assure Lock 2 is a better value.

    The U-Bolt Pro Wi-Fi has both a backlit numerical keypad and a fingerprint scanner, along with other compelling features like built-in Wi-Fi, temporary guest access, and smart auto-lock and unlock with a door sensor. But we had some issues with the fingerprint reliability and, while it integrates with Google and Alexa, there’s no support for Apple HomeKit.

    We found the installation and setup more difficult than the Yale and Schlage locks, and the app instructions weren’t as clear as some of the other locks we tried. The design lets everyone know you have a smart lock installed, and the backlit keys are difficult to see in the dark so you have to punch in a number to get the keypad to light up.

    The Wyze Lock is a reliable and affordable, Wi-Fi-enabled smart lock for users who want to keep their existing door hardware. This makes it a good choice for renters who can’t make changes to their lock or cylinder, and don’t want to spend the extra money for the August Wi-Fi Smart Lock.

    The Wyze Lock gives you many of the features of a smart lock, such as auto-open and auto-lock, (using your phone’s location) remote access and Alexa and Google voice control, and the ability to use your existing key.

    However, you’ll also need to plug the included Gateway into an electrical outlet near the lock, while Wi-Fi is built into the August Wi-Fi Smart Lock. You can share unique codes with guests but can’t limit them to specific times as you can with the August lock. So, if that matters to you, then you should spend the extra money for the August lock or buy the optional wireless backlit keypad (for $24 at Wyze) for the Wyze Lock. But keep in mind that you’ll have to install it on a wall on the outside of your door, which might not be an option for renters.

    Read more from CNN Underscored’s hands-on testing:

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best sous vide cooker in 2022 | CNN Underscored

    The best sous vide cooker in 2022 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Sous vide (the phrase means “under a vacuum”) is the process of cooking food that’s been sealed in a plastic bag slowly in a temperature-controlled water bath. First developed for institutional use, the method offers incredible precision, and over the past few decades it’s become more and more popular with ambitious home cooks interested in getting perfect results when preparing delicate and expensive proteins such as seafood or premium cuts of meat.

    We tested ten of the most popular sous vide cookers, preparing a wide variety of proteins, vegetables and more over the course of several months to find the best sous vide immersion circulator for your money.

    Best sous vide circulator overall

    The Inkbird ISV-200W offers the best balance of features, build quality, performance and value of all the sous vide immersion circulators we tested. Whether you’re a veteran or just experimenting with the technique, it’s a great choice.

    Inkbird ISV-200W

    • Power output: 1,000 watts
    • Warranty: 1 year

    Honestly, when we began this process of evaluating sous vide devices, we expected that one of the bigger and more established brands would get top honors here, but as it turns out, the inexpensive Inkbird ISV-200W has the best combination of features, build quality, and functionality for the money.

    The Inkbird has a 1000-watt heating element so it has quick water bath temperature recovery, an easy-to-use and read main control display, the manual touch button controls are simple to set target temperatures and timers, and the clamping mechanism for attaching to pots is straightforward, and ergonomically sensible.

    You can manually set temperatures and timers with the Inkbird Smart App (available for iOS or Android) to support all its home automation and smart controller products. With it, you can create presets for frequently used temperatures and timings and pick/modify from 14 preconfigured recipes (such as “ultimate carrots”).

    So what is not to like? Frankly, not much. It’s true that Anova and some of the others on this list that are more expensive are smaller, sleeker and have fancier displays, but from a basic functionality standpoint, they don’t actually cook any better, and most of them have lower-wattage heating elements, meaning slower heating.

    Inkbird’s current model is the ISV-200W; it is nearly identical to the older ISV-100W save for a few minor changes. The 200W also has a slightly lower temperature range and a food burn protection function that shuts the unit down if the water completely evaporates in the cooking pot. For the time being, the ISV-100W is still available for around the same price and we think you’d be happy with either unit.

    The sous vide cooking technique — in which you cook food by immersing it in a water bath that remains at a constant temperature rather than over a heat source — was developed in France during the early 1970s, and became popular when it was used in the first-class kitchens on the SNCF, the French national railway system, during the 1980s. Institutions and fine dining restaurants in Europe and the US adopted this efficient, tidy cooking style shortly thereafter.

    The advantage of the process was that it could easily produce identical, precision-cooked meals for large numbers of people in institutional settings and restaurants, where there was a need to prep food hours before service was needed.

    But home cooks who sampled food cooked using the method began finding ways to get the same results at home, first turning to commercial devices and ultimately taking advantage of smaller models designed for home use.

    While circulators used to cost thousands of dollars (they were designed for institutional large-scale cooking setups), the price has come down as sous vide circulators meant for home use have proliferated. The method became broadly popular in the mid-2010s, and today miniaturized sous vide circulators — small wand-shaped appliances that attach to the side of a stock pot or large plastic container — are widely available.

    A classic sous-vide application is to cook a steak perfectly in the immersion bath, and then finish it in a pan to give it a crust.

    Sous vide circulators may seem techy, but the process is quite simple. Whether you’re using a large device meant for commercial kitchens or a home wand circulator, all sous vide circulators work and cook the same way, and you’ll get identical results. The bigger, more expensive units may come up to temperature slightly more quickly and are more robust for professional kitchen dependability, but you’ll get identical results from any sous vide with a little practice.

    Sous vide circulators work by cooking food that’s been sealed in a plastic bag (you can use traditional zipper-seal bags but most enthusiasts use a vacuum sealer to do this — the term “sous vide” translates as “under a vacuum” after all) slowly at a stable, controllable temperature giving you finer-grained control over doneness than you can get with other methods (you get much greater stability than you would by monitoring the temperature of a simmering stockpot with an instant-read meat thermometer, for instance.

    To get this level of fine control, sous vide techniques take advantage of water’s capacity to hold heat. You immerse the circulator wand in a water bath along with the food to be cooked (typically a protein, though you can sous vide almost anything) sealed in a plastic bag; the device uses its heating element to bring the water bath to the desired temperature, circulates it with a pump, and maintains the temperature using a thermocouple sensor and PID (like in an espresso machine), all controlled by an onboard computer (that in turn may communicate with an app). There’s no pressure involved as in a pressure cooker — basically your food takes a very precisely controlled warm bath for as long as it takes to cook to a perfect doneness.

    After cooking in the water bath at the desired temperatures and for the appropriate amount of time, your dish is ready to eat, or the protein (such as a steak or fish filet) can quickly be finished by searing in a pan (to create a crust) before serving.

    The timing of sous vide immersion depends on the size, weight, type of food being cooked, and the desired level of doneness. A protein cannot “overcook” in sous vide in the traditional sense because its internal temperature cannot exceed the temperature of the bath itself. However, if you cook a protein for too long (for several hours exceeding the target doneness time), you’ll get food with a mushy texture.

    sous vide cooking in small stockpot underscored

    bonchan/iStock

    First, take a piece of meat – like a beef filet or an individual steak – and place it in a waterproof bag, adding seasonings or marinades as desired. You can’t do anything with the ingredients once they are in the bag and in the bath, so this is the step in which you can add flavors.

    Next, you’ll want to seal the bag so it can withstand the cooking process. Vacuum bags are perfect for sous vide cooking. Most of the bags we tested for our review of the best vacuum sealers can withstand 70°C (158°F) for up to 12 hours and at 80°C (176°F) for a maximum of 6 hours before a heat seal failure, making them very well suited to the sous vide process. You can also use zipper-lock style bags, though we recommend using freezer bags since they are more durable.

    Preheat your water bath to your desired cooking temperature using the immersion circulator — you can even start with hot water from the tap without worries, since the water doesn’t actually touch the food (for any other sort of cooking you should use cold water since hot tap water can contain more dissolved metals). Immerse the sealed bag of food into the water bath, and set the device to circulate.

    A vacuum sealer is a perfect partner for a sous vide cooker.

    Once the bag is in the bath, you can adjust temperature as needed or the recipe requires, or let it remain at a stable temperature for the duration. From that point, sous vide cooking is very much a passive experience — more along the lines of using a slow cooker. Once your food is sealed in the bag (along with marinades, seasoning, and fats), the bag is placed into the circulating hot water, and you walk away until the timing of the cook is complete.

    There are many recipes online, and most devices come with time and temperature guides on their apps or in provided instructions. But as an example, if you want a perfect medium rare steak, set it to 126 degrees Fahrenheit, along with the required time, such as 90 minutes, depending on the steak’s thickness. Doing so will ensure the meat reaches and stays at your desired doneness.

    Once your ingredients are done, you have the option of finishing with other methods. For example, while steaks emerge from the bath perfectly and uniformly done, they’ll lack the char or crust that marks a perfect traditionally prepared steak. All you have to do before serving is give it a quick sear (with cooking oil or butter) to brown the outside.

    You don't need to limit yourself to steaks; all kinds of proteins (like these perfectly-cooked scallops) and vegetables lend themselves to sous vide cooking.

    While sous vide devices became popular for cooking meats, you can use a circulator for cooking anything that you might have poached in the past with less mess and effort.

    Salmon or other fish filets can be cooked perfectly medium rare and served hot from the circulator with their juices or chilled for a lovely brunch dish.

    Do you want to jump on the ”jammy egg” trend? Eggs don’t even need to be removed from their shells or placed in a plastic bag. Just follow restaurateur and cookbook author J. Kenji López-Alt’s tutorial on this subject; he has already done all the experimentation to get perfect eggs — whatever doneness is perfect for you.

    Turkey works great sous vide. This past Thanksgiving we cooked boneless breast sous vide at 150° F for 3 hours. All we did was season it lightly. After it had chilled, we opened the vacuum bag, sliced off the turkey breast, removed the excess juices to contribute to the gravy, and resealed the turkey slices. On Thanksgiving itself, all we had to do was reheat it again with the immersion circulator, and it was the most tender and juicy white meat we’ve ever had.

    Vegetables are amazing cooked sous vide. Just add a tiny dash of salt, and a teaspoon of butter when sealing your prepped veggies. Only the smallest amount of fat is needed because when it melts; there is no air in the bag to get in the way of it surrounding the vegetables.

    Do you love grilled chicken wings but want to cut down on the fat? Season and vacuum seal your prepared raw wings. A good tip is to make extra divided into meal-size portions, each in its own sous vide bag. Cook the wing bags in a sous vide water bath to 160°F for several hours. Chill in an ice bath when they are done. Now, when you want chicken wings for dinner, you only need to open a bag and grill them to crisp the skin. If you want them coated, toss the crisp wings in sauce and put back on the grill to caramelize. You might notice a lot of juices inside the bag. Drain that off, but save it! This is a delicious, concentrated broth that will gel hard when cold.

    You can even use your sous vide circulator for tasks beyond food. For example, mixologists are using immersion circulators to extract flavors into alcohols for custom liqueurs, and you can infuse olive oil with herbs using sous vide as well.

    All of the sous vide immersion circulators we tested performed well, and gave us identical results. This is great, because it means that you can choose based on features, and it’s great for the technique because it means that the tools have matured to the point where they are basically a commodity. Everything we looked at had plenty of power and plenty of pump capacity to tackle the recipes a home cook is likely to attempt.

    The cookers we tested differed primarily in design, build quality, and food service grade certifications (an important consideration in commercial-grade units), as well as total heating element power output, circulator pump variable flow rate (again, more of a consideration for commercial units) and also the sophistication of their smartphone apps,

    The heating element’s wattage rating determines how quickly the water bath can be brought up to the desired cooking temperature — this is important because when you add cold food to the hot water cooking medium, the water temperature may drop – especially if you add a large chunk of refrigerated meat. A unit with a higher wattage heating element (we think a 1,000 watt unit is fine for home use) will recover temperature more quickly.

    Apps are not typically required for operation on most units (the Breville Joule is an exception in our test group; it only works via an app) but can make things easier for beginners. We preferred to have the option of an onboard display and manual controls. Sous vide apps will usually incorporate remote monitoring and manual control (view current bath temperature, set timers, and set temperature) and also the ability to pick food cooking programs from a list, such as a medium-rare strip steak, or a salmon filet, to ensure foolproof cooking for novices.

    Most of the immersion circulators we tested have a large, hinged, clothespin-like clamp (secured by a tension spring); we preferred them for ease of use and ergonomics. Anova uses an older design, an adjustable screw mechanism, which we found harder to use and felt might be more difficult for anyone with dexterity issues..

    We dedicated an area of our home kitchen to test these devices, immersing in 8 and 16-quart stock pots filled with water to the top fill indicator of each unit, with a variety of manufacturer vacuum sealers, vacuum bags, and test proteins, including beef, chicken, and pork.

    First and foremost, we wanted to see how well each product performed in cooking our test proteins. Every sous vide device we looked at could cook our test proteins within the allotted time periods with no interruption.

    We looked carefully at the materials each unit and its accessories were built with, and how well designed and constructed each device was, assessed how easy each circulator was to set up and to operate, and looked at ergonomic considerations as we tested. We also looked at warranty coverage, and assessed how easy it was to contact the manufacturer with questions or concerns.

    Anova Precision Cooker

    • Power: 1,000 watts
    • Warranty: 2 years

    Anova is the most well-known brand in home sous vide cookery, and its Precision Cooker was important in popularizing the technique in 2014 and there’s still quite a lot to like about the device. With 1000 watts of power, it can handle just about every immersion cooking task that a typical home cook can throw at it; and it has an excellent industrial design, featuring a bright, white, circular LED with large numbers that make it very easy to read. It’s also a product with excellent build quality and feels very durable.

    So why didn’t it top our list when it sits at the top of so many competing product evaluations at other outlets? It’s now expensive for what it is, given that other products on the market now effectively do the same thing for less. We also don’t like the screw-style clamps on their circulators that potentially present issues for people with dexterity issues (such as the elderly or disabled); it’s the only product right now in the segment that uses them, and they’ve used the same design for years.

    Anova Precision Cooker Pro

    • Power: 1,200 Watts
    • Warranty: 2 years

    Anova’s Precision Cooker Pro is a slightly larger, more powerful model, and an excellent product with a somewhat larger rectangular white-on-black LED display, but it is probably overkill for most home cooks and if you’re interested in Anova, the smaller model should work just as well.

    Anova Precision Cooker Nano

    • Power: 750 watts
    • Warranty: 2 years

    The Nano is the smallest in the Anova Precision Cooker lineup, with a maximum heating element power of 750W. It’s an app-controllable device, but only with Bluetooth, so it you can’t keep an eye on things if you leave the house. The display and control layout is similar to the Precision cooker, but it uses a lower-cost LCD component that isn’t as bright.

    At this price we think the Inkbird or Instant Brands units (which support Wi-Fi) are more useful and a better deal.

    Breville Joule

    • Power: 1,100 watts
    • Warranty: 1 year

    The Joule brand was, like the Anova, a key device in the popularization of home sous vide cooking. And there’s a lot to like about the current Joule, now a Breville product: it’s small, at 1.3lbs (20.8oz) with an ultra-sleek design; and has excellent power output for its diminutive size — a whopping 1100W, putting it in the same category as the Anova Precision Pro. It’s also probably got the best smartphone app in the industry, with a wide array of recipes and guidance.

    But at $245, it’s expensive, and the only way you can operate it is with the app: it’s completely headless with no manual controls. That’s something you need to be comfortable with as a home cook — on all of the other circulators we tested, app control is an extra rather than a requirement. Would it have been a big deal for Breville to integrate a simple control head on the Joule? Perhaps even a removable one? At this price point, it should have.

    Breville Polyscience HydroPro CS700

    • Power: 1,450 watts
    • Warranty: 2 years

    If you are the type of home cook who has professional aspirations, find yourself preparing large cuts of meat on a regular basis, or just want the best, then look no further than the Polyscience HydroPro, which is a commercial-quality sous vide circulator designed for restaurant or catering use.

    From an industrial design perspective, the HydroPro is impressive. In terms of materials alone, you know you are working with something designed for a professional kitchen environment, as it weighs 67.2 oz and is made almost entirely of stainless steel, with an IPX7 water resistance rating, an NSF Food Equipment Certification and cUL commercial ratings for use in professional environments. The large, full color TFT display unit is covered with impact-resistant Corning Gorilla Glass (the stuff used on high-end smartphones), and the device can even be completely disassembled without tools for extended cleaning. The clamp is extremely heavy-duty with a very strong spring, so you’ll never need to worry about it slipping and requiring adjusting. It also has a professional carrying case made of padded black nylon.

    The heating element boasts a whopping 1450W of power so you can throw the most demanding cooking loads at it, with very little concern for temperature recovery time and water bath heat stability. It also has three selectable circulation speeds, up to 17L per minute, and a companion mobile application called “Sous Vide Toolbox” provides recipes tailored to the thermal conductivity of the food, with choices for animal proteins, eggs, vegetables, fruits, legumes, custard, and yogurt.

    Vesta Imersa

    • Power: 900 watts
    • Warranty: 2 years

    Vesta Precision, a Seattle-based company known for its sous vide and vacuum sealer kits, has taken a different approach to immersion circulation cookery than the rest of the vendors on our list, with a focus on food safety. All of their sous vide units require the user to start the timer when the water bath reaches temperature manually.

    For example, if you set your bath to 165F, with a two-hour cooking time, the timer will not actually start once the target temperature is reached (which was the case with the other units we tested). Instead, it notifies the user by beeping at the device and notification via the app that the target temp has been reached.

    We asked their customer service about this because at first we thought this was a fault in the device. But Vesta reasons that they feel having the timer start automatically means it is more likely a user would put the food into the water bath during the pre-heat stage, which could potentially be a safety issue.

    Feature-wise, the Vesta Imersa is middle-of-the-road, with a 900W heating element, Weighing in at 40 ounces, it is about the same size as the Inkbird, and looks much like the Anova Precision or Instant Brands units, with a bright white-on-black LED display, prominent controls and a large and easy to use tension clamp. The app allows for both manual programming and picking from recipe lists and is fairly straightforward.

    Vesta thoughtfully supplies a quality set of laminated sous vide temperature guides organized by type of food that are held together by a metal ring, which is nice to have to keep in a drawer if you want a quick reference guide to cooking temperatures for proteins. We wish Vesta sold this for anyone to purchase, not just as a freebie with its products.

    Vesta Imersa Elite

    • Power: 900 watts
    • Warranty: 2 years

    The Imersa Elite is a bit of an odd duck, as it eschews the wand-style design of all the other units on this list with a squared-off upside-down u-shaped design that eschews the clamp – the display half of the unit is oriented so it faces outward from the stockpot on a swivel mechanism as the circulator half is immersed into your water bath.

    It uses the same app as the Imersa Precision, and as with that unit it prompts the user to start the main cooking timer when the bath reaches the target temperature instead of doing it automatically. It even has the same 900W heating element as the wand version. The main reason why we aren’t recommending it is that we felt that it was especially sensitive to overfill, and we ended up tripping the error sensor when we had it filled just to the max line and rotated the pot to see the display, causing vigorous water movement in the pot.

    Instant Brands Accu Slim Sous Vide Precision V2

    Instant Brands Accu Slim

    • Power: 800 watts
    • Warranty: 1 year

    The Accu Slim V2, from Instant Brands (famous for the Instant Pot pressure cooker and the Vortex air fryer) is as uncomplicated as sous vide circulators get, with clean lines, simple touch button controls, and a bright white-on-black LED display with large numbers for easy readability. It’s considerably smaller and lighter than the Inkbird (it weighs 29 oz. versus. the Inkbird’s 40 oz.) but is slightly less powerful at 800 watts, so it’s a better choice for somebody preparing smaller portions in a smaller stockpot — say two chicken breasts or fish filets at a time rather than a whole roast.

    The Accu Slim is not Wifi or Bluetooth-controlled, so there’s no app to worry about– just set it from the onboard controls and walk away; it’s as easy to deal with as these devices get. The large tension clamp is easy to attach to any pot you choose, the water fill line on the heating element/circulator pipe is prominently marked, and we had no issues with overflow that could cause the device to enter an error state. We used it during Thanksgiving to reheat a large vac-sealed bone-in turkey breast that was precooked to target temperature at a relative’s house in a 12-quart stockpot, and it worked like a champ.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • Best vacuum sealers in 2022, tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    Best vacuum sealers in 2022, tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Vacuum sealers — devices that suck the air out of a plastic bag and then heat-seal it for storage in the refrigerator or freezer — are great for prepare food to freeze for later use, or to save money by purchasing meat in bulk and processing it into smaller portions. Long a favorite tool of hunters, outdoorspeople and serious gardeners, they’re also great for preparing food for use with an immersion circulator for sous vide cooking at home.

    To find the very best vacuum sealers for your kitchen, we looked at 11 top-rated models, bagging and sealing dozens of cuts of meat, fish and seafood along with a variety of starches and vegetables, and refrigerating and sous vide cooking the results. In the end we came up with four great units that should fit any need and budget.

    The best vacuum sealer overall

    The FoodSaver Vacuum Sealer VS3150 has a completely removable vacuum chamber with an integrated drip tray, which made thorough cleanup during testing easy, even if we wanted to clean it after each bag. Our meat juices and marinades were easily sucked into the chamber, preventing any contamination.

    The best budget vacuum sealer

    A big benefit of the Geryon Vacuum Sealer E2900-MS is that it was easy to clean during testing. The base of the unit is completely removable from the top lid/clamshell containing all of the electronics and the motor/heat strip. And if you don’t think you’ll be using a vacuum sealer all the time and just want a basic model that won’t break the bank, the Geryon should meet your needs.

    The best vacuum sealer for serious home cooks

    The main advantage of the FoodSaver Vacuum Sealer VS4840 is its automatic vacuum and seal function — we didn’t need to fiddle with the lid or line the bag perfectly up to the vacuum chamber during testing. It’s a neat feature that really simplifies things if you buy large cuts of meat and process them into smaller portions to keep in the freezer to use later.

    The best handheld vacuum sealer

    The FoodSaver Multi-Use Handheld FS2160 offers a useful marination function, which automatically turns the vacuum on and off over the course of 10 minutes when attached to a container. During testing, we found this function periodically released and increased vacuum pressure, forcing the marination juices into the meat. It made our grilled chicken wings even more delicious.

    FoodSaver VS3150

    • Warranty: 5 Years
    • Handheld sealer attachment

    FoodSaver is the 800-pound gorilla among home vacuum sealers — the company is the longest established manufacturer of these products, with its first sealer released in 1987. FoodSaver has a large lineup of models, but the FoodSaver VS3150 offers the best combination of features and utility for the money of all of the vacuum sealers we tested. It’s easy to understand and use, easy to clean, works with a wide selection of bags and containers, and gave us solid results in our testing.

    The FoodSaver has a modern, clean clamshell design, with bag storage and the vacuum chamber integrated into the bottom shell and a bag cutter and main controls on the top lid. On the right side of the bottom shell, you’ll find the locking clamp; this provided a tight seal throughout our time with the device. A handheld sealer attachment fits into a storage compartment in the top lid.

    We found ourselves using the handheld quite a bit. It’s great for marinating (using FoodSaver’s nicely designed storage containers) and the reclosable bags and containers are convenient to use if you want to keep items like cheese and cold cuts in the refrigerator where they’ll be frequently accessed, but you still want to take advantage of vacuum sealing to keep them fresh as long as possible. The handheld attachment also doubles as an accessory port for sealing Mason jars when the Mason jar attachment (purchased separately) is connected.

    In a nod to one of our favorite uses for a vacuum sealer — preparing food for sous vide cooking in a water bath — in addition to the usual dry, moist and pulse vacuum modes, the FoodSaver features a “Sous Vide” mode which “stutters” the vacuum automatically, presumably for optimizing the seal for juicier food items — we didn’t find this made much of a difference with sous vide bags versus the “moist” setting and it felt like a bit of a gimmick to us.

    An important reason we put the FoodSaver VS3150 on the top of our list is that, like other FoodSaver models, it has a completely removable vacuum chamber with an integrated drip tray, which makes thorough cleanup easy, even if you want to do it after each bag. We don’t know why others, like Anova, do not, as residue poses a potential food safety concern, especially when dealing with raw proteins in sous vide applications. Meat juices and marinades can easily be sucked into the chamber, causing potential contamination. Whatever vacuum sealer you choose, the vacuum chamber should be inspected after each use and cleaned thoroughly if exposed to any raw meat products — the FoodSaver just made it easier to do this effectively than the other models we tested.

    As you’re shopping, you may find several similar models from FoodSaver with slightly different model numbers. There are several 3000-series devices in different finishes, but we had a similar experience across the lineup and expect you should, too.

    Geryon Vacuum Sealer E2900-MS

    Geryon E2900-MS

    • Warranty: 2 Years
    • Easy to clean

    If you don’t think you’ll be using a vacuum sealer all the time and just want a basic model that won’t break the bank, the Geryon should suit your kitchen.

    At 2.6 pounds and 14 inches across, it’s one of the smallest and lightest units we looked at, so it’s easy to tuck away in a cabinet when you aren’t using it. It doesn’t have internal bag storage (though if you don’t need to keep it at the ready all the time, this likely won’t matter to you).

    The Geryon seals just fine; it has toggleable “moist” and “dry” settings that work well to deal with juicy foods. We had no issues with the bags we used it on, and it can accommodate the same 8-inch and 11-inch standard bags that the bigger and more expensive models use. It even has an accessory port to seal foods in containers (with a dedicated “canister” button).

    Understandably given the low cost, it’s a little more finicky to use than our top pick — it uses a simple snap attachment for the upper and lower pieces and not a locking clamp like the much more expensive FoodSavers or Anova units.

    As with the FoodSaver models, a big benefit of the Geryon is that it’s easy to clean. The base of the unit is completely removable from the top lid/clamshell containing all of the electronics and the motor/heat strip so that it can be cleaned thoroughly (even completely immersed under soapy water) after operation. Frankly, we wish all basic sealers were designed like the Geryon.

    FoodSaver Vacuum Sealer VS4840

    FoodSaver VS4840

    • Warranty: 5 Years
    • Automatic vacuum and seal function

    While we think the FoodSaver 3150 will fit the needs of just about any home kitchen, the FoodSaver 4840 is a step up because it includes all the features of the 3000 series, along with a mode that combines auto-vacuum with auto-seal, so you don’t actually have to touch any controls to start the vacuum seal process, making it ideal for folks who are handling raw ingredients and helping to minimize user error. If you typically buy large cuts of meat and process them into smaller portions to keep in the freezer to cook later, the VS4840’s for you.

    The main advantage of this model is the automatic vacuum and seal function — you don’t need to fiddle with the lid or line the bag perfectly up to the vacuum chamber; just guide the opening of the bag towards the chamber with the lid closed and the device will automatically draw it in (using a motorized roller mechanism) and begin the vacuum and sealing process. It’s a neat feature that really simplifies things and makes for less of a mess if you are the kind of cook who typically buys large cuts of meat and processes them into smaller portions to keep in the freezer to use later.

    As with the VS3150, the VS4840 has a built-in handheld tool, and integrated storage for it on the left side of the unit — simply retract it from its compartment, and a spring-loaded mechanism allows it to furl back into its spool when needed. In our opinion, this is a significant improvement over the 3000 series because while that model also has a permanently attached handheld, it isn’t on a spring-loaded retractable spool; the tubing just coils behind the unit, so it’s a cleaner design.

    The unit also features a lighted progress bar, which gives you slightly more insight into how long the vacuum process is going than some of the other models we tested. As with the 3000 series, the 4840 has a removable easy-to-clean vacuum chamber in the event juices and other liquids get pulled out of the food and into the chamber during the vacuum process.

    The best handheld vacuum sealer: FoodSaver Multi-Use Handheld Vacuum Sealer and Marinator FS2160

    FoodSaver Multi-Use Handheld Vacuum Sealer and Marinator FS2160

    FoodSaver FS2160

    • Warranty: 5 Years
    • Handheld-only sealer

    Along with the full-featured sealers we tested that included a handheld extension, we tested a couple of handheld-only sealers. These devices work only with reusable bags and containers that have a compatible valve; typically you are tied into the company you purchased from to find compatible bags and containers. Used with their corresponding bags, they work well to seal and store food.

    The FoodSaver FS2160 edged out the Zwilling for a couple of reasons. It had a more convenient charging base, which was intuitive to use and doubled as a storage solution. The Foodsaver FS2160 also offers a useful marination function, which automatically turns the vacuum on and off over the course of 10 minutes when attached to a container. This function, which most of company’s countertop versions also have, periodically releases and increases vacuum pressure to force the marination juices into the meat — we did this with some chicken wings that we grilled, compared with some that were simply just bag marinated and we definitely tasted a difference in the intensity of the marinade.

    Part of the benefit of the FoodSaver system is the quality of its vacuum containers and resealable bag as they are essential to the use of the handheld unit, which is optimized for quick use, marination and food preservation. We really like the 10-cup container that was sent to us for evaluation, which is strongly constructed out of a high-impact plastic and has a very tight vacuum seal, a marination setting that corresponds with the unit’s marination mode, and a prominent pressure release knob — although it does require a few days of use to break it in for smooth operation as it initially requires quite a bit of force to open. You can get these bags individually or in kits pairing a 10-cup and 3-cup container for $35.

    Vacuum-sealed bags of asparagus, carrots, courgettes, peppers and shallots, for sous vide cooking.

    A vacuum sealer is a device used to remove the air from a specialized plastic bag or a food container, creating a vacuum. This removes the oxygen, inhibiting bacterial growth, which helps preserve the food inside, allowing sealed items to last weeks or even months longer in the refrigerator or freezer. Vacuum sealers are often used for packaging cooked and raw proteins and vegetables for storage, preparing marinades, and sealing food in bags for immersion circulation with sous vide cooking.

    A vacuum pump is the heart of a vacuum sealer; it moves air out of the vacuum chamber (either the slot into which the top of the vacuum bag is inserted or a handheld attachment or hose). Vacuum pumps can typically be run in several modes to suit various food preparation needs:

    • Dry: For optimal vacuuming and sealing of dry foods.
    • Moist: For vacuuming and sealing moist or juicy foods.
    • Pulse: For manual start and stop of the vacuum function, such as sealing crunchy or brittle foods or soft ones like breads.
    • Sous vide: For optimal vacuuming and sealing bags in sous vide cooking. This is similar to the Moist function but removes slightly less air.

    Vacuum sealers work by making a tight seal; first you clamp the bag into the vacuum chamber, which is surrounded by a rubber gasket. Some models have vacuum chambers with removable drip trays so they can be easily cleaned; you’ll want to look for a model with such trays because they make cleaning much easier, meaning you get a better seal and don’t run the risk of nasty buildup in the device.

    Once the bag is locked in place and the air has been removed, you trigger the sealing process itself. A sealing strip —  typically PTFE (Teflon) fiber tape with a nonstick surface, with a heating element under it — runs along the edge of the chamber.. This is placed at the entrance of the vacuum chamber and is heated with an element, typically a wire running underneath the tape, to create the heat seal for the vacuum bag.

    The vacuum bags themselves are typically made of food-grade polyamide and polyethylene for oxygen impermeability, ease of secure sealing and use in the refrigerator, freezer or in sous vide cooking. While sous vide immersion tolerances vary between products, typically, they can withstand 70° C (158° F) for up to 12 hours and at 80° C (176° F) for a maximum 6 hours before a heat seal failure. Many bags can be re-cut, re-sealed, and washed several times before discarding.

    Bag brands are generally interchangeable between vacuum sealer units and come either pre-cut in two sizes or uncut spools, depending on the manufacturer and application. On countertop units you’ll find a bag holder, and you can use the built-in bag cutter to trim to your desired length.

    Bags meant for handheld sealers generally use a proprietary valve specifically designed for the handheld device for which it was made. We have had some success using those from one manufacturer with another’s device (i.e., using a Zwilling resealable bag with a FoodSaver handheld and vice versa.) but we can’t promise compatibility. These bags open and close with a zipper-style seal.

    Beef, salmon and chicken breast in vacuum-sealed bags for sous vide cooking.

    All of the countertop models we looked at in this article are edge sealers — you fill a plastic bag with food, insert the open end of the bag into the vacuum sealer’s vacuum chamber, the vacuum process starts, and once the air’s been sucked out of the bag it finishes the process with a heat seal along the edge of the bag.

    Regardless of price point and exterior dimensions, all of the edge sealing units we tested accommodate both 8-inch-wide and 11-inch-wide bags. Given the overall uniformity of sealer designs, we also experienced consistent sealing performance across all brands we looked at — none did a better or worse job creating a vacuum or seal than any of the other competing products. This also indicates to us that the actual pump component used by most of these products is fairly standardized.

    Handheld sealers

    Some countertop edge sealers include handheld attachments and you can also find standalone handheld models. These are designed to use with containers or jars, or with proprietary resealable bags for short-term storage of things like cheese, cold cuts and resealable containers.

    A chamber sealer differs from an edge sealer in that it pumps all of the air out of a large chamber that an entire bag is placed in rather than out of the bag itself. This means you can seal moist or wet food items that would be impossible with an edge sealer, though models made for use at home may limit you to smaller portions of food due to the size of the chamber.

    You’ll mostly find chamber sealers primarily for professional use in the food service industry; these models are much larger than what you’ll find for home use and are very expensive. Only recently have lower-cost, and smaller chamber devices made it into the consumer space, such as the Anova Precision Chamber unit. Due to limited product availability and for the purposes of publishing the first version of this article, we did not look at chamber sealers.

    Vacuum sealing a bag containing beef topped with red onions, garlic and rosemary.

    We dedicated an area of our home kitchen to test these devices, using a variety of manufacturer bags along with several different sous vide circulator units (which were used to test bag integrity).

    With each sealer, we checked to see how easy it was to prep and seal bags for use, and once prepped, how well each product performed in removing the air from the bag and creating the heat seal. We were pleased to find that every edge sealer we tested made a satisfactory seal.

    We paid attention to the materials used in the construction of each device, and to the overall build quality, as well as investigating whether each sealer employed any tech or design elements to make it more functional than the competition.

    Since food safety is an important consideration, we paid careful attention to how simple it was to clean each sealer and how easy it was to reset between uses when sealing multiple bags.

    We also checked on warranty coverage and how easy it was to contact customer service for each brand we assessed.

    While the Anova is sleek and attractive, with excellent build quality, and features a “Sous Vide” sealing mode, we eliminated this device because the chamber is not removable for cleaning. It has ample bag roll storage with an integrated cutter and a clamping mechanism, but the FoodSaver 3000 series is better designed, and the Geryon is a better device for those on a budget.

    This unit is very similar to the 3000 series except that it lacks a built-in handheld; instead, it has an accessory port for attaching one if you buy it separately. As with other FoodSaver units, the vacuum chamber with its drip tray can be removed for easy cleaning.

    Similar to the Anova, with integrated bag roll storage and cutter, and a better clamping mechanism than the less expensive units, it also does not have a removable vacuum chamber, so it was eliminated, especially as it’s more expensive than the Anova.

    We dismissed this as the vacuum chamber isn’t removable, and the heat tape is located on the lid, which makes it more prone to burning yourself when lifting the lid when the heat is on. You are much better served by the Geryon, which offers a superior design for only a few dollars more.

    Nearly identical to the NutriChef internally and externally (and so far as we can tell electronically and mechanically), we dismissed this inexpensive unit for the same reasons — it’s difficult to clean and easy to burn yourself on the lid-mounted heat tape. Go for the Geryon at this price.

    The Vesta, with its elegant and sleek design, seems better than the really cheap ones we looked at primarily because the vacuum chamber can be removed for cleaning. Still, for the price, and considering it doesn’t have a clamping mechanism like the Anova or FoodSaver VS2150, we’d say give this one a pass.

    Zwilling Fresh & Save Vacuum Sealer Machine 6-Piece Starter Set

    $80 at Amazon, for the sealer, storage container and four reusable sous vide bags

    The Zwilling is a solid performer, though we prefer the FoodSaver FS2160 overall because of its charging base that’s simpler to use. Zwilling’s reusable bags are very well designed, with a solid valve attachment and a circular liquid barrier insert that makes sous vide use easier, and the company offers a wider variety of plastic and glass vacuum containers.

    The good news is that FoodSaver resealable bags and containers and Zwilling bags and containers are relatively compatible between the devices, so it doesn’t matter really which of the devices you own if you want to use the bag and container accessories from the other — we thoroughly tested both types of bags and containers with both units, and they worked fine in our testing with either machine, manufacturer claims aside.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best wireless chargers in 2022 | CNN Underscored

    The best wireless chargers in 2022 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Wireless chargers can help you tame clutter, let you use a single charger for almost any phone and even spark joy, assuming you’d rather see a sleek charging pad on your counter, desk or nightstand than a rat’s nest of cables. Multi-device chargers can further simplify your setup, giving you a single spot for your phone, smartwatch, wireless headphones or even a second phone. Wireless charging may never be as fast or efficient as wired charging, but it can be a lot more convenient.

    We tested 31 wireless chargers to find the best Qi stands and pads, the best MagSafe chargers for iPhone 12 and 13 and the best 3-in-1 Apple chargers that can also charge an Apple Watch and AirPods case.

    Best Qi wireless charging pad overall

    This sleek, understated 10W charging pad looks better than other chargers in its price range and charges just as well. Its 25W wall adapter has a 5-foot cord for easy placement. Our one quibble is that it uses a barrel connector instead of USB.

    A classy 15W wireless charging pad for Android and iPhone

    The Otto Q is both stylish and practical, with a luxury-minimal aesthetic that reminds us of high-end audio equipment, and performance to match, giving up to 15W to phones like the OnePlus 9 that support that charge rate. It doesn’t come with a wall adapter, but it uses USB-C, so it’s easy to find one.

    Best Qi charging stand

    The BoostCharge 15W is reasonably priced, charges well and avoids the pitfalls of many other stands. It connects via USB-C, comes with a wall adapter and, unlike some cheap-looking stands we tested, it looks good enough to fit in anyplace.

    Best fast charging stand for Samsung phones

    If you have a Samsung phone that can fast charge at 15W, this is the stand you’ll need to get the best charging speed. If you don’t, there’s no reason to buy this.

    Best wireless charger for iPhone 12 and 13

    The iPhone 12 and 13 can charge twice as fast via MagSafe as they can over standard wireless charging, and the magnets built into the phones and charger ensure perfect alignment every time. Too bad the cable’s so short, though.

    Best magnetic Qi charger for iPhone 12 and 13

    It doesn’t charge as fast as a MagSafe-certified adapter, but this magnetic wireless charger attaches to MagSafe phones just as securely and has a 5-foot cable, which makes it more useful for bedside or couchside charging.

    Best Qi charging bowl/valet tray

    A capable 10W Qi charger perched over a plastic bowl. It looks good and is perfect for dumping your pocket’s contents at the end of the day. The fake wood grain and golden underglow give it a certain je ne sais quoi.

    Best modular wireless charging system

    A mix-and-match wired and wireless charging station that supports everything from headphones to phones to tablets, the BaseLynx can be customized to fit the whole family’s devices.

    Best Apple charging station for phones without MagSafe

    At $50, the Zens 4-in-1 is an astonishing deal, with two 10W charging pads, an Apple Watch charger and a 5W USB port. And it comes with a 45W USB-PD charger.

    A great vertical Qi Apple charging station

    If you don’t need MagSafe and prefer a stand that holds your phone in a vertical orientation, the Anker PowerWave is a solid option, though you’ll have to supply your own Watch charging puck.

    Best MagSafe Apple charging station

    Technically this is the only MagSafe-certified 3-in-1 Apple charger at press time, but we like the sculptural look, with both iPhone and Watch charger suspended gently in the air, plus a spot at the base for your AirPods.

    Logitech Powered Pad

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 10W (9W for Samsung, 7.5W for iPhone)
    • AC adapter: 25W, integrated cable
    • Cable length and type: 5 feet, integrated with barrel connector
    • Dimensions (W x D x H, in inches): 3.35 x 3.35 x 0.5

    The Logitech Powered Pad’s reasonable price, good charging performance, understated looks and 5-foot cord make it a solid wireless charger for any room in the house. Most cheaper wireless chargers look cheaper, and plenty of prettier chargers don’t work as well. Its biggest drawback is that it uses a proprietary AC adapter; many other wireless chargers use standard USB cables and wall adapters, which are easier to replace if necessary.

    The Powered Pad’s squircle shape, matte finish and four color options (graphite, white, lilac and blue sage) work well with modern and contemporary decor. It has a pinpoint white status LED that stays on while your phone is charging, but it doesn’t blink and isn’t very bright, so it’s tolerable in dark rooms unless you’re a particularly light-sensitive sleeper.

    In testing, the Powered Pad delivered 9W to a Samsung S21 Ultra 5G and 7.5W to iPhones, the maximum each can get from a standard Qi charger. It can also charge Qi wireless headphone cases, like the AirPods Pro case, though positioning can be tricky for devices smaller than the charging pad.

    At around $30 from Logitech, the Powered Pad costs about as much as an inexpensive 10W Qi pad, plus the 18W USB-A charger needed to power it, but it looks better than any of the cheap ones we tested, and there’s no risk of plugging it into an underpowered wall adapter. The 25W wall adapter ensures the Powered Pad gets enough power, and while it’s quite tall at 2.25 inches, most USB-A chargers that can power a 10W Qi pad are just as tall when the USB cable is plugged in, and most proprietary wall adapters take up more room around the outlet.

    If you can tolerate a proprietary power adapter, the Logitech Powered Pad is a great wireless charging pad for a desk, nightstand or dresser. If you prefer a USB connector, want a charging stand rather than a pad or have a recent iPhone, there are more compelling options below.

    A classy 15W USB-C wireless charging pad for Android and iPhone: Moshi Otto Q ($39.95 without USB-C adapter; amazon.com)

    Moshi Otto Q

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 15W (9W for Samsung, 7.5W for iPhone)
    • AC adapter: Not included, requires 18W (9V/2A) or greater USB-C PD 3.0 adapter
    • Cable length and type: 3.5 feet, USB-C to C
    • Dimensions (diameter x height, in inches): 4 x 0.45

    If you want a charger you can show off (or at least one that complements your decor), consider the Moshi Otto Q. With its heathered gray fabric top and metal-look case, it resembles Scandinavian hi-fi equipment and doesn’t look out of place on a nightstand, dresser or console table. It can deliver up to 15W to the (vanishingly few) Android phones that support it, 9W to Samsung phones and 7.5W to iPhones.

    At 4 inches in diameter, the Otto Q is among the largest charging pads we tested, but it doesn’t feel large, possibly because of the tapered base, and possibly because it’s not a featureless black slab. A grippy rubber ring around the Qi coil helps with phone placement, and a white LED on the front of the pad blinks when your device is charging.

    That LED is one of the Otto Q’s few downsides. Its pattern — two fast blinks, then one slow — reads to us more as “there’s a problem” than “I’m charging normally.” Fortunately, it’s not very bright, but the blink could be distracting in a dark bedroom.

    The Otto Q is powered via USB-C, and requires an 18W or higher USB-PD charger. If you don’t already have one, we recommend the compact, inexpensive Anker 511 Nano ($13.59; amazon.com). We prefer USB-C rather than USB-A because powerful USB-C chargers are smaller and cheaper than their USB-A equivalents. You’re also more likely to have a 20W USB-C charger hanging around than an 18W USB-A charger, and therefore much less likely to accidentally plug into an underpowered adapter.

    Best Qi charging stand: Belkin BoostCharge 15W ($40.53; amazon.com)

    Belkin 15W Stand

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 15W (9W for Samsung, 7.5W for iPhone)
    • AC adapter: 24W USB-A Quick Charge 3.0
    • Cable length and type: 4 feet, USB-A to C
    • Dimensions (W x D x H, in inches): 3.94 x 3.94 x 4.72

    The Belkin BoostCharge 15W Is a perfectly fine wireless charging stand. It isn’t exciting, per se, but it lacks the shortcomings of many other stands we tested. First, it connects via USB-C rather than Micro USB like the Anker PowerWave Stand or the 10W Belkin. Unlike the Anker and the YooTech X2, it comes with a USB adapter, in this case 24W USB-A. It supports charge rates up to 15W, if you happen to have an LG V40 or OnePlus 9, or one of the few other Android phones that can hit 15W on a standard charger; it’s also one of the very few wireless charging stands that can exceed 5W on a Google Pixel 3, though few people have those anymore.

    The circular base and ovoid stand are inoffensive, as is the matte soft-touch top and (for some reason) glossy black base. It has a white pinpoint charging LED in the front. It doesn’t look as low-budget as the Yootech X2, and the design isn’t as polarizing as the framework stand of the 10 Belkin BoostCharge we tested.

    Like most stands we tested, the Belkin BoostCharge 15W can’t charge an iPhone 12 Mini or 13 Mini; the Qi charging coils don’t line up with those smaller phones. We don’t consider that a deal breaker, though, because the 12 and 13 Mini can and should use MagSafe or magnetic Qi chargers instead. It also can’t charge Samsung phones at 15W; fortunately, our next pick can.

    Best fast charging stand for Samsung Phones: Samsung 15W Fast Charge Wireless Charging Stand ($79.99; bestbuy.com)

    Samsung 15W Stand

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 15W (Samsung only; 10W for other Android, 7.5W for iPhone)
    • AC adapter: 25W USB-C “Super Fast Charger”
    • Cable length and type: 3 feet, USB-C to C
    • Dimensions (W x D x H, in inches): 4.64 x 2.95 x 4.44

    If you have a Samsung phone that supports 15W wireless charging, like the Galaxy S10, S20, S21, Note 10, Note 20 or various Folds and Flips, you should get a 15W Samsung Fast Charge charging stand. Other 15W Qi chargers won’t charge Samsung phones at 15W, and the Samsung charger won’t charge other phones at 15W. Sometimes life is like that.

    The Samsung Fast Charge Wireless Charging Stand does charge other Android phones at up to 10W, and iPhones at 7.5W, like most of the other chargers we tested, so it’s still useful in mixed-phone-ecosystem situations, a phrase I can’t believe I typed at 8 p.m. on a Saturday one week before Christmas.

    The Samsung is the only charger we tested with an active cooling fan, but you can only control it from a Samsung phone. Also, the status LED glows red when the phone is charging correctly, which is counterintuitive.

    Best wireless charger for iPhone 12 and 13: Apple MagSafe Charger ($34; amazon.com or $39.99; apple.com)

    Apple MagSafe

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 15W (iPhone 12 and 13 series only; 12W for iPhone 12 Mini and 13 Mini)
    • AC adapter: Not included; requires 20W (9V/2.22A) or greater USB-C Power Delivery adapter
    • Cable length and type: 39-inch integrated USB-C
    • Dimensions (diameter x height, in inches): 2.2 x 0.23

    If you have any phone in the iPhone 12 or 13 families — including the Mini, Pro or Pro Max — you should consider a MagSafe charger. Rings of magnets on the charger and the phone ensure perfect alignment, and iPhones can charge at up to 15W on a MagSafe charger, compared to 7.5W on a Qi charger. And unlike with a regular wireless charger, you don’t have to leave your phone sitting around while it’s charging; you can use it normally. It even leaves the Lightning port free for wired headphones. (Whether that’s a good thing depends on your relationship with screen time and is outside the scope of this article).

    There are a couple of catches, of course. First, though any Qi charger will charge the phone, and plenty already exist that can attach to the magnetic ring, only certified chargers get MagSafe speeds, and there are very few of them. Apple’s MagSafe Charger costs between $32 and $40, has a paltry 3-foot cable and doesn’t include the 20W USB-C charger you’ll need to use it. Second, if you keep your phone in a case, you’ll need one that’s MagSafe-compatible. That’s not a huge deal; plenty of Apple and third-party cases work. And third, MagSafe charging can output a lot of heat, which will cause the charge rate to drop until the phone’s internal temperature goes down.

    Oh, and the iPhone 12 Mini and 13 Mini are capped at 12W charging via MagSafe, rather than 15W, for heat dissipation reasons.

    Still, if you have a MagSafe-compatible phone and want fast wireless charging, it’s worth getting a MagSafe charger. If you’re interested in the magnetic part but don’t mind a slower charge, you can also consider a magnetic Qi charger like the one we recommend below.

    Best magnetic Qi charger for iPhone 12 and 13: Anker 313 Magnetic Wireless Charger Pad With USB-C Charger ($22.99; amazon.com)

    Anker Magnetic Wireless Charger

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 7.5W for iPhone, 10W for Android (but see text)
    • AC adapter: 20W USB-C Power Delivery
    • Cable length and type: 5 feet integrated USB-C
    • Dimensions (diameter x height, in inches): 2.36 x 0.35

    If you don’t have an iPhone 12 or 13, there’s no reason to buy a magnetic Qi charger. They attach to the ring of magnets in MagSafe-compatible phones, but they’re regular Qi chargers, so they’re limited to 7.5W. Unlike MagSafe chargers, which deliberately drop their charging to a snail’s pace if they detect non-iPhones (thanks, Apple!), magnetic Qi chargers will charge other phones just fine, but since those other phones lack the magnetic ring, they’re harder to align than a regular Qi charger.

    The reason to buy a magnetic Qi charger, then, is if you have a MagSafe phone but want something you can’t get with an official MagSafe charger, like a cord that’s more than 3 feet long.

    For that very specific use case, the Anker 313 Magnetic Wireless Charger Pad is pretty good! It has a 5-foot cord, which is 2 more feet than Apple gives you, it’s only a little larger than the MagSafe charger and instead of costing $30 to $40 without a USB-C wall adapter, it’s $23 and comes with a 20W USB-C charger that costs around $15 by itself. That means the Anker charging pad costs about $8. Eight bucks!

    Anker’s charging pad and cord are less bulky than the one on the Belkin Wireless Magnetic Charger, and its magnets are much stronger than the Mophie Snap+. If you want a bedside or couchside charger with longer reach than Apple’s MagSafe and don’t mind the slower charging, it’s a good deal.

    Tylt Bowl

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 10W (7.5W for iPhone)
    • AC adapter: 24W USB-A
    • Cable length and type: 58-inch USB-A to C
    • Dimensions (diameter x height, in inches): 7 x 2.36

    Does anyone need a wireless charging bowl with yellow underglow, fake wood grain on the outside and fake copper (or faux terra cotta?) on the inside? I don’t know. But I tested 28 wireless chargers for this article and the Tylt Bowl was the only one that sparked joy.

    The Tylt is a plastic bowl, about 7 inches in diameter, with a 10W Qi charging pedestal in the middle at about rim height. The inside is a semi-glossy copper colored plastic, while the outside has an unconvincing wood grain pattern. A golden light shines down into the bowl from the stand when your phone is charging.

    The light will probably be too much if you charge your phone in your bedroom at night. I charge mine in my bathroom (I’m trying to keep my phone out of the bedroom), so the underglow makes a perfect night light, and the bowl is a great holding place for my wallet, various pocket knives, arguably too much jewelry for a 36-year-old father of three and other pocket contents. The overall effect is a bit like a video game loot drop, or someone trying to make a point about the veneration we give our phones.

    There are other classy ways to combine a wireless charger and a pocket dump/valet tray, like the Courant Catch:3 ($100; amazon.com), and sure, they can spark a different kind of joy: the quiet joy of a tasteful, well-appointed accessory. But sometimes you need the big dumb joy of a wireless charging bowl with fake wood grain.

    Scosche BaseLynx

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 10W (7.5W for iPhone), 12W USB-A (x3), 18W USB-C Power Delivery (x2), 5W Apple Watch
    • AC adapter: 5-foot AC cable
    • Cable length and type: 1-foot USB-C to C; 1-foot USB-C to Lightning
    • Dimensions (W x D x H, in inches): 13.2 x 5.7 x 1

    The Scosche BaseLynx Modular Charging System is a great way to make a family charging station for all your devices, whether or not they support wireless charging. If you only want a single Qi charging pad, you can get it for around $50, but if that’s all you need, there are less expensive, less bulky options. The appeal of the BaseLynx is that you can add modules as needed and power them all with a single AC cable.

    We tested the Pro Kit, which starts at $146.96 in black ($199.95 in white, as tested). It consists of a 10W Qi charging pad; Apple Watch charging module; the Vert, which holds three devices vertically and has an 18W USB-C port and two 12W USB-A ports; and the EndCap, which adds another 18W USB-C port and 12W USB-A port. With all these modules, the BaseLynx kit is large, at more than 13 inches wide and almost 6 inches deep. But we were able to charge a Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra on the Qi pad, an Apple Watch, an iPad, an iPhone 12 Mini, an iPhone 11 and a Google Pixel 3 at the same time. And we could still fit a second Qi charger and a second Apple Watch charger before running out of power overhead.

    If you have the space, and the need, to charge a half dozen or more devices at once, the BaseLynx system is worth considering. If your needs are more modest, you can save space and money with something more compact. Scosche tells us a MagSafe module is coming soon, but as of December 2021 it is not yet available.

    Zens 4-in-1 Wireless Charger

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: 10W (7.5W for iPhone) on each Qi pad; 5W for each USB port
    • AC adapter: 45W USB-C Power Delivery
    • Cable length and type: 3-foot USB-C to C
    • Dimensions (W x D x H, in inches): 7.3 x 3.5 x .43

    If you have an iPhone, Apple Watch and AirPods, it makes sense to get a charging station that can handle all three at once. But in 2022, it doesn’t make sense to spend a lot of money on one that doesn’t support MagSafe; if you have an Apple Watch and AirPods but an iPhone 11 or earlier, there’s a good chance you’ll upgrade to a newer phone before long, and that phone will have MagSafe. So after testing six Qi Apple charging stations, which ranged in price from $40 to $150, we recommend the Zens 4-in-1 if it stays near $50, or the Anker PowerWave 3-in-1 if it’s still around $40.

    The original price of the Zens 4-in-1, around $140, is more than anyone should pay for a 3-in-1 charger without MagSafe in the year of Luigi 2022. But it’s been around $50 recently, and at that price it’s a steal. The Zens 4-in-1 has two 10W Qi charging zones and two 5W USB ports. It can charge two phones at 10W each (one in portrait, one in landscape), plus an Apple Watch and a low-powered USB accessory, like a set of Bluetooth headphones.

    The Zens comes with a 1-foot Apple Watch charging cable, which plugs into its rear USB port and slots into a holder on the back right of the pad. There’s no cable management at all, so that cord is just hanging out there. It doesn’t look great, but it also means you can remove and reuse the cable easily (though the Apple Watch adapter clip is permanently affixed, unlike the one on the Mophie Wireless Charging Stand+).

    There’s no divot, dimple or other easy way to align a headphone case to either charging pad — we had some trouble getting a set of AirPods Pro to charge at first — but both pads can charge at up to 10W, rather than limiting one to 5W, as most charging stations do. This adds to the Zens’ longevity. The 45W USB-PD charger and braided USB-C cable are also usable elsewhere. Not that you should buy a charging pad you’re planning to part out, but it’s much more sustainable than, say, the Logitech Powered 3-in-1 or the Mophie 3-in-1, which both cost over $140 and have proprietary AC adapters and nonremovable Apple Watch chargers.

    Anker PowerWave 3-in-1

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: Stand: 10W (7.5W for iPhone); Pad: 5W; Watch: 5W
    • AC adapter: 18W USB-A Quick Charge 2.0, included
    • Cable length and type: 58-inch USB-A to C
    • Dimensions (W x D x H, in inches): 6.5 x 3.75 x 4.25

    If you’d rather look at your phone in vertical mode and don’t mind supplying your own Apple Watch charging puck, consider the Anker PowerWave 3-in-1. It’s a step down from the Zens in most respects — its charger is less powerful, the headphone charging area is limited to 5W and partially blocks the view of the Apple Watch and it doesn’t include an Apple Watch charging cable. But it’s the next best option if the Zens isn’t available at the current steep discount.

    The Anker PowerWave 3-in-1 has a 10W Qi charging stand, a 5W Qi pad for wireless AirPod cases and a stand with a slot for an Apple Watch charger. The Apple Watch charger isn’t included. Instead, Anker provides an internal USB port under the bottom cover, along with a clever routing system for the 3-foot charging cable the Apple Watch comes with.

    Unfortunately, the AirPod charging area is right in front of the Watch charger, so the headphone case will partially block your view of the Watch in nightstand mode. There’s also no divot or indicator to help with AirPod case placement; you just have to make sure the pad’s charging indicator lights up.

    The 18W USB-A charger included with the PowerWave 3-in-1 is less powerful and less useful than the 45W USB-PD one that comes with the Zens, but it’s still streets ahead of any proprietary charger.

    This may sound like faint praise compared to the Zens, but if the Zens isn’t heavily marked down, the Anker is the better buy if you don’t want to wait until you have a MagSafe phone.

    Belkin 3-in-1

    Key Specs

    • Maximum charge rate: MagSafe: 15W (12W for iPhone 12 Mini and 13 Mini); Watch: 5W; Pad: 5W
    • AC adapter: 15V/2.67A AC adapter with integrated cable
    • Cable length and type: 59-inch, barrel connector
    • Dimensions (diameter x height, in inches): 5.3 x 5.3

    The Belkin BoostCharge Pro 3-in-1 looks like a sculpture or a jewelry store window display. Its MagSafe-certified charging pad and Apple Watch charger are suspended on slim metal arms above its base, so your watch and phone float in the air, while your AirPods charge in an indentation in the matte white base. It’s one of the most striking designs we’ve seen; it’s also the only MagSafe-certified 3-in-1 charger available (though a new Belkin 3-in-1 MagSafe charging pad is up for preorder now), and there are plenty of stands that require you to bring your own MagSafe charger; we haven’t tested those.

    In our testing, the MagSafe pad delivered 12W charging to an iPhone 12 Mini (non-Minis can expect 15W) while charging the Watch and AirPods as well. The Belkin connects to its proprietary 40W charger via a 5-foot cable with a barrel connector. We’d prefer USB-C, but proprietary adapters are common in multi-device chargers. There’s no charging indicator for the watch or MagSafe pads, just the Qi pad on the base, but charging indicators aren’t that important for magnetic chargers since you can’t really misalign them.

    At $150, the BoostCharge Pro is expensive, and it takes up a lot of room, with a 5.3-inch-diameter base; both phone and watch extend past the base’s edges when charging. But thanks to its slim metal support arm, it doesn’t look bulky. It also doesn’t support fast charging for the Apple Watch Series 7, though Belkin’s new 3-in-1 will.

    If your smartphone or headphones charge wirelessly, they probably use the Qi induction charging standard. All iPhones released since 2017 support Qi, as do most (but not all) Android smartphones, especially high-end ones. You can stick your phone on any Qi charger and expect it to charge, but if you make sure your charger supports your phone’s maximum charge rate, you’ll get faster charging and less frustration.

    Any Qi charger you can buy will charge your device at 5W, which is to say slowly. Most current Android phones support wireless charging at up to 9W or 10W. Some can hit 15W on a standard 15W Qi charger; others, like certain Samsung and OnePlus phones, support higher wireless charging rates but only using their own chargers. If you’re not sure what charge rates your phone supports, check the manufacturer’s specification page for your phone.

    The iPhone 8 and newer can charge via Qi at up to 7.5W, but the iPhone 12 and 13 series also support MagSafe, Apple’s proprietary magnetic wireless charging standard, at up to 15W (12W for the 12 Mini and 13 Mini).

    Regardless of the phone, induction charging isn’t as fast as wired charging. The Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G, which we used for testing, can charge via USB-C at 25W. Samsung’s wireless chargers can hit 15W; on a standard Qi charger, it’s limited to 9W. So it’ll charge almost three times faster with a cable than on a wireless charger. The iPhone 13 can charge at up to 20W via Lightning cable, 15W on MagSafe and just 7.5W on a standard wireless charger. If you’re in a hurry, plug it in.

    Wireless charging is also energy inefficient — by some calculations it takes 40% more energy to charge a phone wirelessly than by plugging it in. Every 10W wireless charger we tested required at least a 15W wall adapter.

    But wireless charging is convenient and requires less messing around with cables. It also means households with more than one type of phone can all use the same chargers. And for overnight charging, or any time you don’t need the absolute fastest charge, it’s a nice option to have.

    best wc 4.jpg

    Nathan Edwards/CNN

    We tested a total of 28 wireless chargers: 12 single-device Qi chargers, eight multi-device Qi chargers, four magnetic Qi chargers and four MagSafe devices.

    We tested every Qi charger with an iPhone 11, an iPhone 12 Mini, a Google Pixel 3 (which is limited to 5W charging except on specific chargers, where it can hit 10) and a Samsung Galaxy S21 Ultra 5G, which (bear with us) can charge at up to 9W or 10W on certain Qi chargers, and up to 15W on Samsung Fast Charge 2.0 chargers.

    If the charger came with a wall adapter, we used it; if not, we made sure to use one that gave sufficient juice to the Qi charger.

    We measured power draw from the wall using a TP-Link Kasa smart power strip ($49.99; amazon.com), taking wireless charging overhead into account. To ensure each phone was getting its highest possible charge rate, we kept the batteries below 40% by running 3DMark’s Wild Life Extreme stress test, which devours around 10% of the phone’s charge in 20 minutes.

    • Size and shape: Since wireless chargers sit out on display, they might as well look good and not take up too much room.
    • Materials: What is the charger surface made of? Does it help with heat management? How does it feel? Does it collect dust or fingerprints?
    • Ease of positioning: If your phone’s induction coil isn’t aligned with the charging coil, it could charge very slowly or not at all. We checked how easy it was to place each phone on each charger; for stands, we checked both portrait and landscape mode. For devices with multiple charging zones, we paid special attention to how tricky it was to align the case for the Apple AirPods Pro, which can charge via Qi or MagSafe.
    • Power requirements: Wireless charging is inefficient. A 10W Qi charger requires at least 15W of input power. We checked every charger’s power requirements and its AC adapter, if included.
    • Cable length: A longer cable lets you put the charger farther from an outlet. Simple.
    • Charging indicators: A status LED can tell you if your phone is charging, if an obstacle is detected or if it’s fully charged. But a too bright LED or one that blinks or changes color can be distracting in dark rooms, and one that’s in a weird place may be blocked by the device. Many chargers we tested turn off their status LEDs after a few seconds, which is nice for bedrooms but does mean that if your phone isn’t aligned properly, you may not realize until morning that it didn’t charge.
    • Power connectors: Every wireless charger we tested connected to its adapter via Micro USB, USB-C or a barrel connector integrated into a proprietary charger. USB-C is best, since great compact 20W USB-PD and Quick Charge 3.0 adapters cost as little as $14, and USB-C to C cables are reliable and easy to find. Barrel connectors tend to have bulky wall adapters and are harder to replace if something goes wrong but do ensure that the charger is getting enough power from the wall. Micro USB is the worst of both worlds. Micro USB to C cables aren’t allowed in the USB spec, so every charger we tested that connects via Micro USB requires an 18W (9V/2A) USB-A wall adapter, which most people don’t have lying around. If you plug your wireless charger into an underpowered adapter, it’ll be excruciatingly slow. It’s easy enough to get an 18W USB-A wall adapter like the Anker PowerPort+ 1 ($13.59; amazon.com), but they’re bulkier than 20W USB-C adapters, and less useful
    • Charge rate: Does the charger deliver as much power as it claims? Does it hit the maximum input rate of the device being charged?
    • Heat management: Does the charger or device get too warm? Can it dissipate heat effectively?
    • Coil whine: Many wall adapters, and some Qi chargers, can make a high-pitched noise when powered. Sometimes it’s down to the individual unit; we’ve tested plenty of identical chargers where one unit whines and the other doesn’t. And not everyone is bothered by coil whine; some people don’t even hear it. Still, we noted any coil whine we found.
     best wc 1.jpg

    Nathan Edwards/CNN

    Anker PowerWave Base Pad ($19.99; amazon.com)

    This bar-shaped pad couldn’t deliver full power to any of the four phones we tried it with, and at 5.8 inches by 2.8 inches by .47 inches, it’s as large as many smartphones, which Anker claims helps with phone alignment. It doesn’t include an AC adapter; by the time you add one, it costs as much as more powerful, better-looking options.

    Mophie 15W Charging Pad ($40.53; amazon.com)

    This compact 15W charger performed as well as the Logitech Powered Pad and Moshi Otto Q on our tests (though we didn’t have a 15W phone to test with). If you prefer a status indicator that turns off after a few seconds, or like the look, it’s a decent option, though the AC adapter (integrated to the barrel connector) is a bit bulky, and the faux suede top tends to look disheveled unless you brush the nap in the same direction. We prefer chargers that don’t require brushing. The Logitech Powered Pad costs less and feels more substantial, while the more expensive Moshi Otto Q also supports 15W charging but uses USB-C, so it’s more flexible, and we think it looks better.

    Courant Catch:1 Essentials ($40; staycourant.com)

    The Catch:1 Essentials 10W single-device charger is beautiful, with a linen top, matte soft-touch sides and a color-matched USB-C to A cable (though no AC adapter). It has a white pinpoint charging indicator at the rear of the pad, next to the USB port; it won’t bother you at night, but it’s also hard to see without rotating the pad.

    At $40 without the AC charger, the Catch:1 Essentials is around the same price as the Moshi Otto Q, though because it uses a C to A cable instead of C to C, the Courant is a little less flexible. (You can always swap cables, but then you lose the color-matching.) If you like the style and don’t mind the price, it’s a good option, and may be the one linen thing in your house that doesn’t need to be ironed.

    Qi wireless charging stands

    best wc 2.jpg

    Nathan Edwards/CNN

    Google Pixel Stand (2nd Gen) ($79; amazon.com)

    The second-generation Pixel Stand works with any device that supports Qi wireless charging, but it should only be considered if you have a Pixel 6 or Pixel 6 Pro. With either of those phones, you’ll be able to take advantage of up to 23W wireless charging. You’ll also get some Pixel-exclusive features like the ability to customize the charging speed between three presets and turn your phone into a mini smart display when it’s docked. It can rotate through photos, act as a sunrise alarm and help to triage an influx of notifications. These proved handy in our testing and worked without flaw — additionally, it could save you some money if you opt for this instead of a fully functional smart display like the Nest Hub. Still, though, it’s not cheap at $79.99 and isn’t the only route to achieve fast wireless charging; most would be better served by one of our top picks.

    Belkin BoostCharge 10W ($34.99; amazon.com)

    The 10W Belkin BoostCharge looks less like a charging stand and more like someone put a circular charging pad on an odd frame. Many other reviewers love it, and it does hit its advertised charging rates. It comes with an 18W USB-A charger (our unit had noticeable coil whine) and a 4-foot Micro USB to C cable. If you like the look, or at least don’t mind it, it’s a decent option, but Belkin’s 15W charger is around the same price and has a more conventional, if bland, look.

    Yootech X2 ($13.59; amazon.com)

    The Yootech X2 stand has a few things going for it. It doesn’t come with a wall adapter, but at least it connects via USB-C rather than Micro USB, which is rare for a wireless charger this inexpensive. It’s one of the few stands we tested that can charge an iPhone 12 Mini in portrait mode, and it’s one of even fewer chargers that can charge a Pixel 3 at 10W instead of 5W. It works fine, but the semigloss black finish and LED charging indicator, which wraps around the entire base of the stand and glows green, seem to have fallen out of the late 1990s.

    Anker PowerWave Base Stand ($19.49; amazon.com)

    If you already have an 18W USB-A charger, the Anker PowerWave Base Stand can save you some money. It comes with a 4-foot Micro USB cable but no wall adapter. Like most stands we tested, it can’t charge an iPhone 12 Mini, and the blue charging indicator ring may not be to everyone’s tastes, but it charges other iPhones and Androids at up to 10W, and its design is better than many other budget stands.

    best wc3.jpg

    Nathan Edwards/CNN

    Belkin Magnetic Portable Wireless Charger ($39.99; amazon.com

    Belkin’s magnetic Qi adapter has a 6-foot cord rather than 5 (Anker) or 3 (Apple); its cord is also thicker, which could feel reassuringly solid or unnecessarily bulky, depending on your preferences. The charging pad, at .47 inches, is also twice as thick as Apple’s or Mophie’s, and half again as thick as Anker’s. It’s also the only one with a status LED. It comes with a 20W USB-C charger like the Anker and Mophie.

    Mophie Snap+ Wireless Charger ($34.99; amazon.com)

    Don’t get this. The magnets are much weaker than any other magnetic Qi charger we tested and barely hold in place. It comes with one of Mophie’s magnetic ring sticker adapters, which you can use to make a non-MagSafe phone compatible with magnetic Qi chargers, but it barely sticks to those either, and they interfere with other accessories.

    Anker 623 MagGo 2-in-1 Wireless Charging Station ($79.99; amazon.com)

    The Anker 623 MagGo is the most interesting charging stand we tested. It’s a surprisingly heavy violet-colored cylinder with a MagSafe-compatible Qi charger on top. That top flips forward up to 60 degrees to become a charging stand for MagSafe phones and reveals a second Qi charging pad underneath. That 5W charging pad is meant for AirPods, though in our testing it was able to charge phones as well, albeit slowly. And of course the main charging pad is limited to 7.5W for iPhones; it’s “MagGo,” not MagSafe.

    The 623 also comes in blue, white and dark gray, and includes a 5-foot USB-C to C cable and 20W USB-C charger. There are plenty of more practical magnetic charging stands for iPhones, and some that are actually MagSafe certified. But this one’s fun, and it does what it’s supposed to. For plenty of people that’ll be enough.

    Courant Catch:2 Essentials ($79.99; bedbathandbeyond.com)

    The Catch:2 Essentials is a five-coil Qi charger that can charge up to two devices at once. It’s striking, with a “Belgian linen” top surface and color-matched USB-C to A charging cable. Unlike the Catch:1, it comes with an AC adapter, a color-matched 18W USB-A brick. Its five charging coils means you don’t have to be as precise about positioning as you would with a single-coil charger, though it can only charge two devices at once.

    While it can charge a phone at up to 10W (9W for Samsung, 7.5W for iPhone) as well as a wireless charging case or other Qi device, it can’t do two phones at their top charge rates due to the 18W charger. (Wireless charging is inefficient; getting 7.5W to the phone requires 10W to 11W of power from the wall). Our test charger’s AC adapter also had notable coil whine.

    Mophie Wireless Charging Stand+ ($76.41; amazon.com)

    This pad and stand combo can charge iPhones at up to 7.5W and compatible Android phones at up to 10W (9W for Samsung phones), and it can do so to two phones at once. It doesn’t come with an Apple Watch charger, but it does include an adapter for one that clips to the back left or center of the pad; the Watch charger plugs into a USB port at the rear. There’s no cable routing, though, and Mophie’s proprietary charger is bulky and ours had notable coil whine.

    Mophie 3-in-1 WIreless Charging Stand ($139.95; amazon.com)

    We like the clever Apple Watch charging puck, but this stand is just too expensive for what it offers. The proprietary charging brick showed up with something rattling around inside; we used the identical charger from the Mophie Wireless Charging Stand+, above, which suffered from coil whine.

    Logitech Powered 3-in-1 Charging Dock ($148.38; amazon.com)

    The Logitech Powered 3-in-1 Dock, with its sci-fi curves, was the best-looking multi-device Qi charger we tested, though it takes up a decent amount of room, and it’s expensive. The pad and stand can each charge at up to 10W at the same time (7.5W for iPhones, 9W for some Samsung phones), though small phones (like the iPhone 12 Mini) can’t charge on the stand. Amazon reviewers complain that the watch charger angle is too vertical, so Apple Watches with heavy bands fall off, though I didn’t experience this with my (lightweight) Sport Band. The proprietary AC adapter is a bit bulky but has a 6-foot cable that helps with positioning.

    Though we love the design of the Logitech Powered 3-in-1, it costs more than most people should pay for a non-MagSafe 3-in-1 charging station, unless you have enough other Qi charging devices to justify it, or you love the design enough.

    Satechi Trio ($119.99; bestbuy.com)

    We like that the Satechi Trio comes with an Apple Watch charger, and that it folds flat for storage. It comes with a 24W USB-C charger, which is nice. But the Trio is larger than other 3-in-1 charging pads we tested, and since the top is metal, it’s clanky and unpleasant to use on phones without cases.

    Nytstnd Quad ($171.75, from $229; Nytstnd.com)

    The Nytstnd Quad has a five-coil, two-device Qi charger; an Apple Watch puck; a wired tablet charging area; and an optional valet tray for your pocket contents, all wrapped in leather inside a hardwood ply frame. The Qi charging coil has magnets to help MagSafe phones align properly, and the tablet charger comes in both USB-C and Lightning models.

    Unfortunately, the 36W wall adapter lacks the juice to charge everything at its full rate at once, unlike the Scosche BaseLynx. The tablet connector, which is fixed in place with a slight swivel, seems like an easy failure point, and the fit and finish, especially on the oak-stained version we tested with the valet tray, doesn’t justify its high price.

    Belkin MagSafe 2-in-1 15W Fast Charging ($96.10; amazon.com)

    One of the few third-party MagSafe chargers, this shares the sci-fi pedestal design of the Belkin Boost Charge Pro 3-in-1 but drops the Apple Watch charger. It’s a good choice if you don’t have an Apple Watch but do have a MagSafe phone and earbuds with a wireless charging case. Surely dozens of people.

    Apple MagSafe Duo Charger ($129; apple.com)

    The MagSafe Duo Charger is clever, compact and incredibly expensive for what it does. It can charge a MagSafe phone (at up to 14W) and an Apple Watch at the same time, then fold into a 75-millimeter-by-80-millimeter-by-15-millimeter square. It connects via a USB-C to Lightning cable, which is included, but requires a 20W or greater USB-C charger, which isn’t. Well-heeled frequent flyers could consider it, especially if you can write it off, but business travel isn’t exactly booming again. Maybe if it were half the price!

    Read more from CNN Underscored’s hands-on testing:

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best products we’ve tested in 2022 | CNN Underscored

    The best products we’ve tested in 2022 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    Throughout the year, CNN Underscored is constantly testing products — from coffee makers to computers to sheets to shower heads — to help our readers find the absolute best things.

    Our testing process is rigorous. We spend countless hours of research, consulting experts, reading editorial reviews and perusing user ratings to identify the products we want to bring in for testing, be they things that have stood the test of time or the most promising new contenders. Then we spend weeks or months testing and retesting each product multiple times in real-world settings, putting everything through the sort of use and abuse it’s likely to encounter in your home. We’re confident that our process lets us identify the very best things so you can quickly and easily buy what you need.

    Here, we round up all the products that took the top spot in our tests throughout 2022.

    The best earbuds for Apple users

    The AirPods Pro 2 are as good as it gets for Apple users, with the best sound, controls and active noise cancellation you can find . Existing AirPods Pro owners don’t need to rush out and upgrade, but everyone else willing to invest the money is in for a treat.

    The best portable Bluetooth speaker for travel

    Sony’s XB13 is the first piece of tech we’d throw in our bag this summer. This compact speaker pushes out sound much larger than its size, and the built-in cloth strap lets you securely attach it to a backpack, bike handlebars, or anywhere you want music.

    The best over-ear wireless headphones for Apple users

    Now priced less stratospherically, the great-sounding AirPods flagship headphones integrate seamlessly with your Mac and iPhone, let you access Apple’s nifty Spatial Audio pseudo-surround format and boast impressive noise cancellation and great controls, making these solid all-day companions.

    The best wireless over-ear headphones

    The Sony WH-1000XM5 improve on the XM4, with a slimmer design and refined noise-canceling microphones — it’s the best over-ear Bluetooth headphone you can buy right now. XM4 owners have little reason to upgrade, but for anybody else, the XM5 are the high-end headphones to get.

    The best budget over-ear wireless headphones

    The 1More SonoFlow wireless over-ear headphone sounds better and has more effective noise-canceling than anything we’ve tested at its low price. If you want all of these features on a budget, look no further.

    The best budget earbuds

    We’ll make this really simple for you: If you want to spend less than $100 on wireless earbuds, you won’t find a better pair than the EarFun Air.

    The best noise-canceling over-ear headphones

    Perfect for commuting, the office, long flights or just around the house, the Bose 700 combine Bose’s industry-leading active noise cancellation with great sound and a new, more comfortable and stylish slimmed-down design.

    The best entry-level record player

    With everything you need including a high-quality cartridge and helpful setup tools, the Fluance RT82 can get you started on the path to audiophile vinyl listening without breaking the bank.

    The best soundbar

    The Streambar Pro sounds as good as soundbars costing twice as much, and offers more convenience along with it, with simple setup and Roku’s great streaming platform built in.

    The best true wireless earbuds for Android users

    The Sony LinkBuds S offer excellent sound, strong noise cancellation and Sony’s actually smart Adaptive Sound Control to tailor performance to your surroundings. The LinkBuds S are a good buy for Android users, with support for LDAC high-res audio, and they work well with iOS, too.

    The best true wireless noise-canceling earbuds

    The Bose Quiet Comfort Earbuds 2 offer the best noise cancellation you can get in earbuds, along with great sound, so if you’re looking to tune out the world around you for travel, office or home without resorting to a big over-ear headphone, this is the way to go.

    Beauty and grooming

    The best beard trimmer

    The Remington Smart Beard Trimmer delivers a consistent, quick trim, can take a beating, and is packed with tons of useful technology that prioritizes convenience, making every trim as easy as possible.

    The best dry shampoo

    The DryBar Detox Dry Shampoo was the best at absorbing oil, aptly removed sweat and dirt and had the most pleasing scent, leaving our panelists’ hair feeling cleaner and smelling better than any other dry shampoo we tried.

    The best face moisturizer

    This is an all-around reliable moisturizer if you’re looking for a product to have in your vanity year-round, or want to test a low-risk option.

    The best high-end hair dryer

    The Dyson Supersonic is expensive. Like, $430 expensive. But, man, does it live up to its hype. It dries hair at warp speed, blasts out heat at a whopping 70 mph, is much, much quieter than other models we tested, and is just futuristic and cool all around.

    The best everyday liquid eyeliner

    We found the Stila Stay All Day Waterproof Liquid Eyeliner requires little to no effort to create a precise wing, the liner has superior staying power and it didn’t irritate those of us with sensitive skin after full days of wear. As an added bonus, it’s available in a whopping 12 shades.

    The best makeup sponge

    Heralded by beauty editors as the GOAT, the Beautyblender Original Makeup Sponge has lived up to its hype. While it’s slightly expensive, its quality (it didn’t disintegrate like others did over time) and effectiveness (it led to the cleanest application of the bunch) make it worth the money.

    The best matte lipstick

    The Stila Stay All Day Liquid Lipstick has thousands of 5-star ratings across the internet, and it’s easy to see why. True to its name, this product clings to your lips for hours upon hours, burritos and messy breakfast sandwiches be damned. It’s also surprisingly moisturizing for such a superior stay-put formula, a combo that’s rare to come by.

    The best men’s razor

    The Gillette SkinGuard stood out above all the other razors we tested, thanks to its extremely comfortable and easy shave. Its guarded razor made shaving a breeze, and we experienced zero tugging or irritation when using it. Along with its durability, ease of cleaning and additional precision blade, it was easily the best men’s razor we tried.

    The best women’s razor

    Billie The Razor Starter Kit came out on top for its user-friendly design, close shave and overall durability. With built-in charcoal soap for easy lubrication and a rubbery grip for easy handling, it made for a quick, comfortable shaving experience.

    The best affordable espresso machine

    If you want to make real espresso drinks at home but you’re on a budget, the De’Longhi Stilosa will give you great coffee and steamed milk with a little practice.

    The best coffee grinder

    With 40 settings for grind size, from super fine (espresso) to super coarse (French press), the Virtuoso+ gives you a consistent grind every time. Its sleek look and simple, intuitive controls, including a digital timer, allow for optimal convenience.

    The best coffee subscription

    Blue Bottle’s coffee subscription won us over with its balance of variety, customizability and, most importantly, taste. The flavors are complex and bold, but unmistakably delicious. Beyond its coffee, Blue Bottle’s subscription is simple and easy to use, with tons of options to tailor to your caffeine needs.

    The best cold brew coffee maker

    Overall, the Hario Mizudashi Cold Brew Coffee Pot scored highest. This sleek, sophisticated and streamlined carafe produces 1 liter (about 4 1/4 cups) of rich, robust brew in just eight hours. It was among the simplest to assemble, it executed an exemplary brew in about the shortest time span and it looked snazzy doing it. Plus, it rang up as the second most affordable of our inventory.

    The best drip coffee maker

    The Braun KF6050WH BrewSense Drip Coffee Maker produced consistently delicious, hot cups of coffee, brewed efficiently and cleanly, from sleek, relatively compact hardware that is turnkey to operate, and all for a reasonable price.

    The best pour-over coffee maker

    We found the flat-bottom, three-hole design of the Kalita Wave 185 Pour-Over Coffee Dripper allowed for the most even and consistent brewing of all models tested. The Kalita produced the most robust coffee, maintained spot-on temperature, and the most even saturation of the grounds.

    The best single-serve coffee maker

    The Breville-Nespresso VertuoPlus, uses pods that deliver both espresso and “regular” coffee, could simply not be beat for its convenience. Intuitive and a snap to use right out of the box, it looks sleek on the counter, contains a detached 60-ounce water reservoir so you don’t have to refill it with each use and delivers perfectly hot, delicious coffee with a simple tap of a lever and press of a button.

    The best emergency radio

    With easy-to-use alerts, four charging options, a bright LCD screen, a powerful flashlight and straightforward controls, the Midland ER310 outperformed the other radios we tested in every area and makes a valuable addition to your household emergency kit.

    The best first aid kit

    An easy-to-use ring-binder-style design, high-quality products and all the essentials recommended by the Red Cross means you’ll be sure to have everything you need and be able to find it when you need it.

    The best budget first aid kit

    Don’t let the rock-bottom price of this kit fool you — it provides a useful collection of name-brand items packed securely in an easy-to-transport case.

    The best high-capacity solar powered generator

    Easy to use, packed with the most up-to-date features and battery technology, and expandable enough to serve as a whole-house emergency generator, the EcoFlow Delta Pro beat impressive competitors in our testing, emerging as the best large solar generator.

    A great collapsible water bottle with a built-in filter

    This water bottle is so versatile we think every traveler and camper should have it. It boasts a built-in filter, so you can fill it up and drink water from basically anywhere, whether it’s a river or a bathroom sink. And since it’s collapsible, you can always find space to bring it along.

    The best smart exercise bike

    The Peloton Bike+ came out on top (but honestly, just barely) due to its sturdy construction, variety of knowledgeable, inspiring instructors and many high-quality off-the-bike classes. It’s a great something-for-everyone buy.

    The best workout headphones

    We used the Beats Fit Pro in the gym and all day for work, play and commutes, and found their secure, sweat-resistant design and superb audio make them a perfect fit for anyone’s workout, no matter whether you’re an Apple or Android user.

    The best leggings

    Featuring, as its name suggests, pockets big enough to stash things like your phone or wallet, we loved this pair for its comfort during workouts and everyday activities alike, high-quality construction, secure waistband and chic aesthetic.

    The best rain jacket

    The Patagonia Torrentshell outperformed all the other jackets we tested in key areas. It’s ridiculously waterproof and will keep you bone-dry in the worst rain, not to mention it’s extremely breathable, durable and comes with Patagonia’s lifetime Ironclad Guarantee.

    The best smart scale

    Pulling this thin, elegant glass scale out of the box, we were immediately sold on its simple good looks. The design of this scale is on par with several we tested that were far more expensive. It’s sleek and lightweight, and it fits in places most people like to stash a scale — like under the bed, a dresser or a very slim bathroom vanity.

    The best sunscreen

    The Hawaiian Tropic Island Sport Sunscreen Spray scored miles above every other sunscreen we tested. An SPF 30, broad-spectrum, chemical formulation, this spray sunscreen applied super-light, rubbed into the skin right away and smelled deliciously of coconut.

    The best water bottle

    The Yeti Rambler came out on top during our testing thanks to its stellar thermoregulation, amazing durability and fantastic chug cap that gives you a comfortable and quick drinking experience while maintaining easy access to the superwide mouth.

    The best waterproof shoes

    Functional, breathable and incredibly comfortable, the Geox New Aneko B Abx Woman kept our feet dry through puddles, rainfall and spills. We ordered a half size up for a great fit.

    The best workout leggings

    If you’re looking for a sweat-wicking, breathable legging that’ll move with you no matter how brutal your workout is, and a pair that’s so comfortable you’ll nearly forget you’re wearing it at all, the Lululemon Align Pant is an investment we can get behind.

    The best yoga mat

    Hands down our favorite feature of the mat is the fact that it’s dual-sided, with a smooth and sticky polyurethane-coated top side and a textured natural rubber bottom side that provides loads of traction. Beyond that, though, we also loved that the mat is slightly oversized and provides ample cushion given its 5-millimeter thickness.

    The best headphones for running and outdoor workouts

    The Shokz OpenRun Pro bone conduction headphones don’t sound as good as sealed earbuds like the Beats Fit Pro, but we loved them for running and hiking, since they let you hear your surroundings as clearly as you would without wearing headphones at all.

    The best sports bra

    All of our testers — even those with 38G and 36DD chest sizes — found the ultra-supportive Nike Dri-Fit Swoosh to be the most comfortable sports bra they’d ever worn. The soft, breathable, sweat-wicking fabric and simple zip-front design kept everyone comfortable even in high-octane workouts.

    The best budget gaming headset

    For under $50, the Razer Kraken X delivers some of the best comfort and sound quality out of all of the affordable wired headsets we tested. It also works well with nearly every platform, thanks to its versatile 3.5mm wired headphone connection.

    The best budget gaming monitor

    The Acer XF243Y is an inexpensive way to get in on HDR gaming. With a 1080p IPS display and 144Hz refresh rate, it performs outside its weight class while still being affordable for most budgets.

    The best 4K gaming monitor

    Asus’ top-of-the-line 4K monitor has the best picture quality we tested along with incredibly low input lag — it’s expensive, but it’s the best gaming monitor we’ve found, and for serious gamers who can make the investment, it’s the one to get.

    The best gaming keyboard

    When it comes to a keyboard that checks all of the possible boxes and then some, the Apex Pro shines bright, delivering extreme value with adjustable switches, individual key lighting and an OLED display that makes quickly changing settings a breeze.

    The best gaming laptop

    The Asus ROG Strix G15 Advantage Edition offers the best combination of performance, battery life and features for the price, all packed into an attractive and highly customizable design.

    The best gaming mouse

    The Corsair Dark Core RGB does it all. It’s a gaming mouse that offers wired and wireless connectivity, a comfortable and adjustable grip and eight programmable buttons.

    The best gaming PC

    The MSI Aegis RS delivers high-end performance in blockbuster games for an affordable price, and has plenty of space for future upgrades.

    The best bidet attachment

    If you’re a bidet beginner and don’t want to spend too much money, the Tushy Classic mounts under your existing toilet seat and gives you a comfortable stream with just enough adjustability.

    The best electric toothbrush

    Affordable, full-featured, effective and compatible with many varieties of replacement brush heads from Philips and third parties, the Sonicare 4100 is a great way to improve your oral hygiene routine. A gentle mode makes it easy for beginners to get used to high-tech brushing.

    The best gas pizza oven

    The gas-fueled Ooni Koda 16 had the most even heat distribution of the gas ovens we tested, making for fuss-free operation and perfectly charred and blistered artisanal pizza crust.

    The best multi-fuel pizza oven

    The Ooni Karu 16 was the simplest-to-use multi-fuel oven we tested, with straightforward switching between wood and gas and easy fuel loading — plus it made great artisanal pizzas with either fuel source.

    The softest linen sheets

    The Brooklinen sheets are soft and light, wicking heat away effectively for people who sleep warm, but still regulating heat nicely in cooler climates. Simultaneously high-end and already perfectly worn in, these were delightful from the first touch.

    The best bath towel

    Fresh out of the box, Frontgate’s Resort Cotton Bath Towel was among the most luxurious-feeling in our testing pool. Thick, soft and snuggly, this product truly feels like a fine hotel bathing experience. At a generous 58 inches by 30 inches, it looks the part too, with a lush surface punctuated by a nice 2-inch-long trim near each towel end.

    The best bidet seat

    The Alpha JX bidet seat features an instantaneous and endless supply of warm water along with a fully adjustable stream, dryer, remote and heated seat, making it the best bidet on the market, especially for the price.

    The best bug repellent spray

    The Proven’s Mosquito and Tick Spray proved to be a winner during our user testing. Proven was nice and light to the point we barely felt it on our skin. While you might forget you’re wearing it, though, bugs won’t.

    The best home security system

    Ring Alarm Pro wasn’t just the most seamless to set up and customize with a range of add-ons, but it offers features that other systems can’t match.

    The best humidifier

    The TaoTronics Cool Mist Humidifier was a breeze to use from the start. It was packaged so that the unit was easy to remove and assemble, and it was filled and misting quickly. The bulk of this humidifier is the tank, so it takes up minimal space, which is just one reason this humidifier ranked as our top choice. It was also a standout when it came to cleaning, which is huge if you’ve ever dealt with a gross, moldy humidifier filter or tank.

    The best cooling fan

    The Honeywell Quietset Whole Room tower fan is well built, quiet and affordable, with a solid, stable build and a beautiful, colorfully laid out control panel that was simpler to figure out and use than the competition. It was easier to assemble than the other tower fans we tested, with tool-free construction and a simple connection to the base that was a lot easier to deal with than the other tower models we looked at.

    The best dehumidifier

    The Frigidaire dehumidifier was among the best performers in our testing, plus i has a superior interface and is easier to use than the competition.

    The best clothing iron

    Lightweight, super-steamy, able to get rid of even the stubbornest of wrinkles and priced affordably, Maytag’s M400 practically had us looking forward to laundry day. Heating up in a lightning-fast 39 seconds, the quickest of all irons we tested, it also features a handy indicator light that turns green to alert you it’s ready.

    The best SAD light therapy lamp

    The Happy Light Luxe by Verilux is sleek, slim, packable and stable, and its well-thought-out controls — which were missing from almost every other light that we tested — made customizing the experience a pleasure.

    The best shower head

    We loved the Kohler Forte Shower Head’s three spray settings: There’s the drenching, full-coverage rain shower, the pulsating massage and the “silk spray” setting that is basically a super-dense mist.

    The best thermometer

    With accurate readings and a positioning sensor that shines a light on your forehead, plus a silent option and an easy to read LED display, the Braun No-Touch thermometer offers everything you need in a thermometer.

    The best video doorbell camera

    Ring’s Video Doorbell 2 Pro uses radar to give you highly accurate motion alerts, has stellar looking video with a wide, tall field of view and crisp audio, and can even show you on a map the route someone took as they made their way to your door.

    The best window AC

    Midea’s U-shaped design makes installation a cinch and keeps the compressor outside, making it quieter than other ACs. It cooled the room more quickly and more effectively thanks to a motorized vent that effectively moves to waft cold air throughout the room.

    The best water flosser

    This full-featured cordless flosser takes up little space on the counter, but has a big reservoir that keeps you flossing — plus it was a pleasure to use in our testing.

    The best electric toothbrush for kids

    Easy to use, with a built in-timer, multiple modes and a simple app that guides kids through the brushing session. The Philips Sonicare for Kids makes brushing effective and fun.

    The best indoor home security camera

    Arlo’s Essential Indoor Security Camera is built with privacy in mind, easy to set up and inexpensive, with a monthly storage plan. The video quality is top-notch, motion alerts are prompt and audio sounds great.

    The best HomeKit indoor security camera

    The Logitech Circle View has a wide viewing angle, sharp video and solid built-in privacy features. It’s been around for a couple of years, but is still the best camera for Apple households.

    The best pizza oven

    The only electric pizza oven we tested, the Breville Pizzaiolo was our favorite oven overall because of its predictable, consistent results and even cooking.

    The best electric lawn mower

    Easier to operate than the competition, self-propelled and, best of all, great at cutting grass, the Ego Power+ Select Cut electric lawn mower packs plenty of power to get through mowing a standard lawn on a single charge and almost makes the chore fun.

    The best clothes steamer

    With a range of steam settings and attachments that let you take care of any type of clothing, and a stable, simple-to-use design, the Conair Turbo Extreme Steam Handheld Fabric Steamer combines ease of use with maximum functionality.

    The best air fryer

    Its heavy-duty feel, combined with the reasonable price tag, convenient controls and standout cooking results, made it easy to declare this fryer the best overall.

    The best air fryer toaster oven

    This fryer was extremely easy to use and allows you to air fry, bake, reheat or roast just about anything, thanks especially to its comparatively large fryer basket.

    The best blender

    The Breville Super Q features a slew of preset buttons, comes in multiple colors, includes key accessories and is quieter than other models. It does carry a steep price tag, but for those who can’t imagine a smoothie-less morning, what breaks down to about $1.30 a day over a year seems like a bargain.

    The best stand mixer

    The KitchenAid 5-Quart Artisan Series Tilt-Head Stand Mixer delivered the best performance of the mixers we tested. With more than 20 available colors and a classic profile, you’ll want to keep this tilt-head mixer on display in your kitchen.

    The best compact microwave

    The GE Smart Countertop Microwave provides steady performance in a compact package with an intuitive interface, and the smart features make setup simple.

    The best stand mixer for large batches

    If you prefer a bowl-lift mixer because it feels sturdier, the KitchenAid Professional 600 Series is a solid upgrade option from the Artisan series. It has a bigger stainless steel bowl and a more powerful motor that can handle bigger batches and recipes.

    The best overall rice cooker

    The Zojirushi Neuro Fuzzy consistently had the best results in all of our cooking tests. It cooks perfectly fluffy rice every time and has handy features that make it a must for people who cook and eat rice regularly.

    The best budget immersion blender

    Nutribullet’s inexpensive take on the hand blender is simple to operate, has many of the features of its much pricier counterparts, and produces fab results.

    The best budget blender

    Besides doing an admirable job at blending up creamy soups and smoothies, the Ninja Professional Plus Blender comes with a number of presets, as well as low, medium and high manual settings. It doesn’t have the heft or quality materials of the high-performance blenders we tested, but for casual users, it won’t disappoint.

    The best cast-iron skillet

    The Lodge Chef Collection 12-Inch Skillet rose to the top of our rankings for not only delivering great results across all of our testing criteria but also for its affordable price. Weighing just 6.5 pounds, the Chef Collection comes pre-seasoned with 100% natural vegetable oil and has two slightly larger pour spouts that allowed us to deftly remove oil from the pan without a dribble in sight. It outperformed most of its much higher-priced competitors at nearly every test we threw at it.

    The best bread machine

    The Zojirushi Virtuoso Plus is expensive for sure, but in this case, you get what you pay for. Each loaf we baked turned out beautifully, as if it came straight from our favorite bakery, with a crisp, golden-brown crust; soft, even crumb; perfect rise; airy, fluffy texture; and delicious taste.

    The best cutting board

    The Teakhaus Professional is a cutting board made from teak, a wood that stands up to heavy use, is resistant to stains and knife cuts, cleans up easily, is heavy enough to stay in place while you work and is reasonably priced compared to other wooden cutting boards of similar quality. Plus, it’s beautiful enough to earn a permanent spot on your kitchen countertop.

    The best Dutch oven

    The Lodge Enameled 6-Quart Cast-Iron Dutch Oven’s shiny, smooth finish had zero flaws out of the box, and the ombre blue hue was just plain pretty. Its 6-quart size was just right for all sorts of tasks. Its large handles and the lid’s amply sized metal knob are both features that make using a heavy pan easier. And its slightly sloped sides allowed a spatula to scrape up everything along the edges.

    The best charcoal grill

    The 22-inch Weber was the easiest to control temperature on during our testing, making it easy to cook hamburgers medium rare and juicy chicken with a solid sear. The large enclosed ash pan makes for easy cleanup, and it also boasts a built-in thermometer and lid hook.

    The best grill brush

    The Kona BBQ Grill Brush features a durable, stainless steel brush head that, according to the manufacturer, works best when dipped in water. This proved true in our testing, and the wet brush melts away any leftover food or gunk on the grill. The solid brush head ensures that no bristles, wire bits, food or residue from the tool is left behind on your grill.

    The best hand mixer

    This Cuisinart mixer caught our eye right out of the box, with a sleek design and sturdy build that felt stable in the hand. Testing confirmed our initial impression, with the appliance scoring top marks across the board for function — easily mixing, whisking, beating and kneading — as well as ease of use and storage.

    The best ice cream maker

    The Cuisinart 1.5-Quart Frozen Yogurt ICE-21P1 is incredibly easy to use, and made one of the smoothest ice creams, with only a little iciness, of all the ice cream makers we tested. While it was one of the loudest machines we tested, it also churned ice cream faster than many of its competitors (it only took about 15 minutes for both of the recipes we tested), so you won’t have to suffer through the noise for too long.

    The best instant-read meat thermometer

    The price of the ThermoWorks Thermapen One may make you raise an eyebrow, but based on our testing, it’s worth every penny. The backlit display is easy to read, and the digits automatically adjust their orientation when holding the thermometer vertically — something that was exclusive to this model.

    The best kitchen knife set

    This knife block set lets you easily take on almost any cutting jobl. Not only did the core knives included (chef’s, paring, utility and serrated) perform admirably, but the set included a bevy of extras, including a full set of steak knives. We were blown away by their solid construction and reliable execution for such an incredible value. The knives stayed sharp through our multitude of tests, and we were big fans of the cushion-grip handles that kept them from slipping.

    The best kitchen scale

    Simplicity and reliability is what you’ll get with this scale. It can measure grams, pounds, ounces and milliliters, all the way up to 11.24 pounds. Of all the options we tested under $20, this one handled the most weight. When measuring the same item several times and/or comparing it to other scales, its accuracy was dependable.

    The best nonstick pan

    If you’re a minimalist and prefer to have just a single pan in your kitchen, then you’d be set with the T-fal E76597. This pan’s depth gives it multipurpose functionality: It cooks standard frying pan foods like eggs and meats, and its 2.5-inch sides are tall enough to prepare recipes you’d usually reserve for pots, like rices and stews. It’s a high-quality and affordable pan that outperformed some of the more expensive ones in our testing field.

    The best spiralizer

    The Spiralizer 7-Blade Spiral Slicer impressed us with the fact that every veggie we tested — on all seven provided blades — turned out perfect spirals, with almost all requiring barely any exertion on our part. There are blades for vermicelli, spaghetti, fettuccine, curly fry, chips/ribbons, fine groovy chips and coarse groovy chips, and they’re all clearly labeled by name. The spiralizer is dishwasher-safe and comes with a lifetime warranty.

    The best slow cooker

    The Cuisinart 3-in-1 Cook Central Multicooker gave us perfectly cooked meals, and while it’s very easy to use, it offers the best range of useful functions — browning, sautéing and steaming — of all the slow cookers we tested.

    The best waffle maker

    If you need a machine that makes great waffles, doesn’t take up too much of your precious counter space and still lets you make multiple waffles per batch, then this waffle maker may be the perfect waffle maker for you. This model goes a step beyond most flip waffle makers, featuring two sets of waffle grills, one on each side of the flip mechanism, so you can make two rounds of waffles at once — a real bonus for a hungry breakfast crowd.

    The best water filter pitcher

    The Brita Standard Everyday Water Filter Pitcher was a cinch to set up, left water free of any odd flavoring, features a simple pouring mechanism and is ideally designed for storage within a fridge.

    The best wine opener

    Lever-style wine openers are meant to be stable and easy to use, and the Rabbit Wine Corkscrew With Foil Cutter satisfies this most important requirement. During our testing, we got the cork out of our bottle in three seconds, as advertised. There was no setup or assembly required prior to use, and the silicone-lined exterior of this opener felt immediately comfortable in-hand upon unboxing.

    The best microwave

    The understated, well-built Toshiba EM131A5C-BS Countertop Microwave outshone more expensive models and delivered even heat and consistent results.

    The best toaster

    The simple, functional Cuisinart 4-Slice Compact Toaster outperformed more expensive models and produced crispy toast with even browning. With two sets of controls to tailor toast for the whole family, it’s a no-brainer for your counter.

    The best luxury toaster for enthusiasts

    The stunning Dualit NewGen 2-Slice Toaster is a kitchen obsessive’s dream. Assembled by hand (and priced accordingly), its manual controls let you peek at your toast without interrupting the heating cycle.

    The best toaster oven

    Large enough to fit nine slices of toast, easy to use and with even heat distribution, this toaster oven features a variety of cooking functions, comes with handy accessories and produces premium results.

    The best air fryer toaster oven

    Sleek and stylish, KitchenAid’s countertop oven adds air fryer to the mix, is a cinch to operate and performs as great as it looks.

    The best baking sheet

    The durable, affordable Nordic Ware uncoated aluminum pan performed as well as more expensive sheet pans in our testing and remained flat without warping even above its rated temperatures.

    The best nonstick baking sheet

    The attractive Willams-Sonoma has a true non-stick coating, the heft to avoid warping even at high temperatures and is dishwasher safe for easy cleanup.

    The best sleep mask

    Our favorite thing about this mask is its adjustable nose wire, which lets you get the perfect light-blocking, lock-in-place fit. Many masks we tested had a slight crack of light around the nose bridge. This mask, though, formed the best seal around the edges, blocking out more light than any other mask we tested.

    The best down comforter

    With the Brooklinen Down Comforter, we truly felt like we were sleeping on a cloud and never wanted to get out of bed. Between the softness of the outer material and the fluffiness of the fill, it’s one of those comforters that make you want to stay in bed all day, 12 months a year.

    The best duvet cover

    Made from crisp, luxe percale, the Brooklinen Classic Duvet Cover is light and airy, with large, easy-to-fasten buttons, and comes in tons of colors to suit any style.

    Meets the needs of all sleepers

    Marlow’s cooling memory foam pillow is prepared to meet the needs of all sleepers providing comfort and support all while taking the guesswork out of the pillow shopping process.

    The best pillow for back sleepers

    The Eden pillow from Coop Home Goods is supportive and plush, and lets you adjust its fill to accommodate your preferences for height and firmness, making it the best, most versatile pillow we tested.

    The best down alternative pillow

    The Parachute down alternative pillow has a soft and squishy fill that never got lumpy, even after multiple nights of sleeping and washing. We found the medium firmness pillow soft and supportive for both back and side sleeping, and firmer and softer versions are available for those needing more or less support.

    The best down pillow

    The plush, cloud-like Garnet Hill Heirloom pillow is 100% down, making for a silent and extra-comfortable sleeping experience. Unlike some other down pillows we tested, it keeps its shape through the night, with no flattening, and it comes in soft, medium and firm densities to suit your needs for support.

    The best cooling percale sheets

    The crispest set we tested, Casper’s percale sheets were the best we tried for hot sleepers. They are light and airy while wicking away sweat, and feel ultra-smooth to slip into at night.

    The best gauzy percale sheets

    Brooklinen’s gauzy percale material manages to be softer than others we tried, while still effectively cooling. Available in more fun patterns and colors than any other set we tried, they’re ideal for people tired of neutrals or wanting to take their bedroom decor up a notch.

    The best overall flannel sheets

    Luxurious without feeling overly thick or too weighty, Garnet Hill offers a delectably comfortable flannel sheet at a mid- to high-end price point, starting at $197 for a queen set (which includes two pillowcases, a fitted sheet and a flat sheet). These flannels come in lots of varieties of color and size, and instill confidence you’re getting a quality product that’ll last for years to come.

    The best lightweight flannel sheets

    Very close to our overall favorite because it is both supremely cozy and the most lightweight of all the sets we tested is West Elm’s organic flannel sheet, which starts at $135 for a full set. These sheets didn’t come out on top because they’re available in only two colors and cannot be ordered à la carte like Garnet Hill’s sheets.

    The best flannel sheets

    Luxurious without feeling overly thick or too weighty, Garnet Hill offers a delectably comfortable flannel sheet at a mid- to high-end price point, from $197 for a Queen set (which includes two pillowcases, a fitted sheet and a flat sheet). These flannels come in lots of varieties of color and size, and instill confidence you’re getting a quality product that’ll last for years to come.

    The best linen sheets

    Well made, luxurious to the touch and with the most versatile shopping options (six sizes, nine colors and the ability to order individual sheets), these linen sheets from Parachute were, by a narrow margin, our favorite set. From the satisfying unboxing to a sumptuous sleep, with a la carte availability, Parachute set the gold standard in linen luxury.

    The best silk pillowcase

    Fishers Finery — made from the finest silk available — felt luxuriously silky, fit our pillows perfectly, offered beautiful nights of sleep and were easy to wash and dry both by hand and in the machine.

    The best alarm clock

    The Jall Wooden Digital Alarm Clock looks great and has everything you need in an alarm clock. It’s simple to set, read and use, and can wake you dependably with multiple alarms.

    The best white noise machine

    The Sound+Sleep Mini contains 48 different sounds, like rain, brooks, fans, ocean sounds, white noise, and many more. The other devices we tested feature some of these soundscapes, but the Mini is one of the only ones that has them all.

    The best air mattress

    In addition to providing the most comfortable night’s sleep during testing, the King Koil Luxury Air Mattress uses a built-in pump for quick and convenient inflation, and features a raised pillow that helps mimic the feel of a real bed.

    The best pillow for stomach sleepers

    The Saatva pillow was a favorite, supportive enough while squishy and malleable in the best way. The outer layer is filled with down-alternative fibers and a removable inner core made of shredded latex is completely encased so the fill doesn’t spill out.

    The best pillow for side sleepers

    The supportive Eli & Elm Side Sleeper pillow has a U-shaped cutout that makes room for your shoulder when sleeping on your side. It also cradled our necks well when we slept on our backs, so it’s great for anyone who shifts positions.

    The luxury pick for smart TVs

    The Sony A90J has the best picture quality we’ve ever tested, with superb detail and hyper accurate colors. It’s one of the brightest OLED TVs we’ve seen, supports all the standards videophiles demand and lets you access everything easily.

    The best smart electric toothbrush

    The Oral-B iO Series 9 offers more features and modes than any electric toothbrush we tested, from multiple modes to suit any brushing goal to a connected app that really provides useful feedback. It’s pricey, but a 60-day guarantee makes it easy to see if it will work for you.

    The best smart bulb

    The Wyze Bulb Color ticks all the boxes you want from a smart bulb, outpacing all other bulbs we tested — no matter their price point. If you prefer a white light, you have the option to adjust the temperature, changing the resulting light from warmer, orange glows to cooler, more natural white light.

    The best smart display

    The Echo Show 8 is the best smart display we tested, with a versatile 8-inch screen in a build that really fits anywhere. It can do everything you’d expect from a smart display, and Alexa can respond to your queries both vocally and visually.

    The best smart garage door opener controller

    The Chamberlain MyQ can manage up to two garage doors, and the wireless hub makes it easy to install. With a price tag of only $29.99, it’s also an excellent value for a basic smart garage controller.

    The best smart plug

    The Wyze Plug has everything a smart plug needs —- a plug to go into your current outlet, an outlet on the front to plug other devices in and connectivity to make it controllable —- and excels at the overall experience.

    The best smart thermostat

    The Nest Learning Thermostat studies your habits and controls the temperature in your home automatically. These smarts, along with the simple interface, make it best in class.

    The best smart speaker

    Amazon’s fourth-gen Echo is the biggest redesign to the original smart speaker; Amazon swapped the tall cylinder design for a spherical one. Not only does this give it a more appealing aesthetic than most competing speakers, but the form factor also aids in delivering richer and clearer sound with ample access to Alexa smarts.

    The best LED light strips

    The Govee Wi-Fi RGBIC Strip Lights perform brilliantly and give you longer lengths and more coverage for less money than the competition. The easy-to-use app lets you create warm ambiances and color-changing special effects for entertaining or everyday use.

    Smartphones and smartwatches

    The best smartwatch for Pixel owners

    If you own a Pixel phone or want a smartwatch with the full fitness capabilities of a Fitbit, the Pixel Watch is for you. Just note that its battery life falls behind the Apple Watch and Galaxy Watch.

    The best smartwatch for Apple users

    The Apple Watch Series 8 is the new Apple smartwatch to get for first-time buyers or anyone coming from a Series 4 or older. Everyone else can hold out for a more meaningful upgrade.

    The ultimate smartwatch for those willing to splurge

    If you’re a serious athlete or adventurer — or simply willing to pay up for the most advanced Apple Watch experience out there — the Apple Watch Ultra is worth the money. For everyone else, the Apple Watch Series 8 remains a great pick.

    The best Android smartphone

    If you prefer Android, then the Galaxy S22 (or the larger S22+) is the way to go. These phones offer beautiful displays, long battery life, superb cameras and some of the best performance we’ve ever gotten out of a smartphone. Plus, these phones look great, with a glass-and-metal build that comes in four attractive colors.

    An excellent sub-$500 smartphone

    If you’re looking to spend less than $500 on an Android phone, it doesn’t get much better than the Google Pixel 6a.

    The best smartwatch for Android users

    The Galaxy Watch 5 is the best Android smartwatch for most people, offering long battery life, good performance and plenty of fitness tracking capabilities.

    The best smartphone for Apple users

    The iPhone 14 is the best new iPhone for most people, particularly if you’re coming from an iPhone 12 or older. Those willing to invest in a more significant upgrade should go with the iPhone 14 Pro.

    The best budget e-reader

    The sleek, waterproof Kindle Paperwhite features a large 6.8-inch screen and warmth adjustment, and most of the features we like from the more expensive Oasis, making it the best e-reader for the money.

    The best e-reader

    With access to Amazon’s vast library, a display that’s adjustable enough to let you read without fatigue in almost any light, easy-to-use controls and a comfortable design, the Kindle Oasis is the best e-reader we’ve tested. While you don’t technically need an Amazon account to use the Kindle Oasis, you’ll probably want to register in order to have access to the millions of Kindle books available from the Kindle library.

    The best hard-shell carry-on luggage

    The Away Carry-On has thoughtful organization, smart features and chic design, all at a fair price. It’s durable too, standing up to our abuse and featuring smooth YKK zippers, an aluminum telescopic handle and four easy-glide double Hinomoto spinner wheels.

    The best checked luggage

    With fantastic internal organization and compression, a durable exterior and comfortable handles, the Away Medium suitcase was the most well-rounded bag we tested, with a great combination of maneuverability, capacity, durability and style.

    The best portable charger

    The Anker PowerCore 13000 packs a ton of value. You can quickly charge a lot with the PowerCore 13000; it can bring an iPhone 11 to full charge two and a half times, or two Samsung Galaxy S20s from empty to more than 90%. And you won’t be sitting by idly for too long, either, as the PowerCore 13000 takes just 41 minutes to charge an iPhone 11 to 50%, tying for fastest charging in our testing.

    The best travel pillow

    The Cabeau Evolution S3 updates the standard U-shaped travel pillow design with raised sides that gently cradled our head and neck when we used it. The S3’s flat back also rested relatively flush against our seat, preventing our head from uncomfortably jutting forward, while an adjustable front clasp let us slightly tighten or loosen the neck opening to our liking, which makes it possible to tailor the pillow to travelers of different sizes.

    The best dash cam

    A dual-channel camera that includes front and rear video cameras, this Nextbase unit was the easiest to use and delivered the most impressive image quality in our testing.

    The best screenless dash cam

    Although it doesn’t have a screen, the budget-friendly Scosche camera has by far the easiest mobile app to use, and promises quick and easy video playback whenever you need it.

    The best water flosser for travel

    A big battery and reservoir, along with fully waterproof construction, make this a perfect travel companion. It’s easy to use and maneuver, and just as easy to pack away.

    The best hard cooler

    A solid, heavy-duty cooler that’s built to last, this Yeti model kept things cold for two full days in our testing, is durable enough to stand up to serious abuse and has enough room to hold 28 cans with plenty of ice.

    The best soft cooler

    Designed for maximum portability, this 4-pound RTIC soft cooler features multiple convenient carrying options and a heavy-duty nylon shell is durable enough for any outdoor adventure.

    The best robot vacuum

    The iRobot j7+ is the best robot vacuum you can buy right now. It beat out all the others in mapping, creating virtual boundaries and detecting and avoiding obstacles, which means it’s the best “set it and forget it” smart robot vacuum — and it even empties itself. More importantly, it picks up dust and debris and cat litter from hardwood floors and low-pile carpeting better than the others we tested.

    The best affordable robot vacuum

    The Eufy 11s may not be smart, but its brute force approach covered our test area almost as well as the connected robots, plus it’s quiet, slim enough to reach under most furniture and does a great job cleaning.

    The best robot vacuum for pet hair

    The budget-priced iLife V3S Pro uses a suction tube like a traditional vacuum cleaner rather than the roller brushes employed by other robot vacuums, and does a better job picking up pet hair without clogging.

    The best value self-emptying robot vacuum

    If you want the convenience of a self-emptying vacuum but want to save a couple of hundred dollars over an iRobot or Samsung, the Shark IQ XL cleans and performs almost as well for a lot less.

    The best luxury robot vacuum and mop combo

    The Ecovacs Deebot X1 Omni offers the best hands-off cleaning experience and fast and accurate mapping, and won’t mop your carpeting. The cleaning station empties the robot’s dustbin, cleans its mop and refills the water tank.

    The best canister vacuum

    The Miele Classic C1 Turbo Team PowerLine is a powerful, maneuverable and built-to-last canister vacuum. It has six suction speeds and is great to use on hard floors and upholstery. Its suction-powered turbo brush is also excellent for dislodging hair and dust out of low-pile carpets and rugs.

    The best upright vacuum

    With great cleaning power and maneuverability, the Shark Rotator Professional Lift-Away NV501 was a standout in all of our testing. It was one of the easiest vacuum cleaners to maneuver, thanks to its swivel head and fairly light weight. It comes with an upholstery tool, a dusting brush and a crevice tool, which all worked well. An extra bonus was how neatly the attachments fit onto the machine. They’re easy to grab and remove, and they don’t get in the way when you’re using other features.

    The best cordless stick vacuum for pet hair and deep carpet

    With impressive power and the ability to tackle cleaning tasks on surfaces ranging from high-pile carpet to hard floors, the Dyson V11 Animal is the most capable cordless stick vacuum we tested.

    The best smart TV

    No matter what content you’re watching, the 55-inch TCL 6-Series TV makes it look good. It zooms past the 5-Series with better color accuracy and holds up better at various viewing angles. The 6-Series features Mini LEDs, meaning it packs more LEDs behind the panel to allow the TV to illuminate more specific details when creating an image. The result is a strong image with vibrant colors and strong contrast points.

    The best streaming device

    The Roku Ultra is fast, responsive, delivers the widest variety of streaming services through up-to-date apps and lets you find everything easily with universal search, for a reasonable price.

    A great smart home hub with OK picture quality

    The Fire TV Omni QLED has a decent picture for a 4K TV at its price. But it integrates Alexa better than other TVs, making it a powerhouse for managing your smart home. Ambient Experience turns your TV into an always-on display — for better or worse.

    The best Windows laptop

    The Dell XPS 13 packs a gorgeous, lightweight, slim and highly portable design for working anywhere, a nearly borderless display that makes content pop and a powerful 11th Gen Intel processor that can burn through most workloads with ease.

    The best 2-in-1 laptop

    The Surface Pro 8 delivers fast performance, a vivid display and an excellent keyboard within a versatile, detachable design.

    The best Apple laptop

    The MacBook Air M2 is the best Apple laptop for most people, perfect for everyday multitasking and able to handle a good amount of gaming and video editing. It’s the fastest laptop you can get for the money, and an especially big upgrade if you’re coming from an Intel-powered Mac.

    The best Windows laptop

    The Dell XPS 13 is the best Windows laptop you can buy, offering a stunning display, a great keyboard and long battery life within an attractive, slim design that’s easy to take anywhere.

    The upgrade pick for best Apple laptop

    The 14-inch MacBook Pro offers beastly performance for serious power users, as well as the best ports, display and speakers you can find on a MacBook.

    The best tablet

    The ninth-gen iPad stood out as the best overall option in our testing, thanks to a faster processor that crushes everyday tasks with ease. It mixes performance and value in a way that no other tablet can, and tosses in support for core iPad accessories.

    The best wireless charger for iPhone 12 and 13

    The iPhone 12 and 13 can charge twice as fast via MagSafe as they can over standard wireless charging, and the magnets built into the phones and charger ensure perfect alignment every time. Too bad the cable’s so short, though.

    The best budget tablet

    The latest Amazon Fire 7 tablet is a great and affordable option for kids or anyone who just wants a basic device for reading and watching shows. It’s also an ideal content consumption device for younger kids, when you need an extra device in the house or when you’re taking a car trip or vacation.

    The best Android tablet

    The Galaxy Tab S8+ impresses with a vibrant, clear display that’s great for play and has plenty of power for nearly any task. If you’re already invested in Samsung’s ecosystem of products, this tab slots in nicely with the rest of the company’s Galaxy products. It’s perfect for using as a secondary computer — that is, a tool for drawing, video calls and responding to emails or Slack messages.

    The best basic phone charger

    If you’re looking for a compact charger with modern fast-charging support to go with a new phone that ships without one, the PowerPort Nano Pro 511 does a great job at an affordable price.

    The best mechanical keyboard

    Quiet, stable and simple to customize and configure, the Keychron Q1 was the best built and most comfortable to type on out of all the keyboards we tested.

    The best low-profile mechanical keyboard

    If you prefer a low-profile model, the comfortable, feature-packed, wireless Keychron K3 Version 2 is a vast improvement in feel over membrane keyboards and fits into any desktop setup.

    The best budget keyboard

    The compact, portable K380 offers a typing experience that compares to keyboards twice its price, plus two years of battery life and pairing with three devices.

    The best budget app

    Without question, PocketGuard is our favorite budget app. It’s easy to set up an account and straightforward to use. The app is available from the Apple Store and Google Play, and there’s a desktop version if you get sick of the tiny screen on your phone.

    The best computer microphone

    The Yeti consistently delivered warm, bright voice recordings, preserving every detail of our voice without any distortion or crackling. It sounded nearly identical to its more expensive sibling (the $169 Yeti X, which offers more sound customization and LED lighting), and was richer and crisper sounding than premium rivals like the HyperX QuadCast S.

    The best computer monitor

    After many hours of testing with a multitude of content and workflows, the 23.8-inch L24q-30 monitor stood out The super-slim bezels don’t distract the eye from its vibrant panel, and the small footprint will fit into any workspace. A blue-light filter helps decrease eye strain, making it ideal for longer workdays.

    The best computer mouse and best ergonomic mouse

    The updated Logitech MX Master 3S is comfortable to use, has tons of controls, and connects to three devices over Bluetooth; you can switch between them with a button, or even control and drag and drop files from one to another — even cross-platform — with Logitech’s Flow software.

    The best computer speakers

    The Logitech Z407 computer speakers leverage the company’s years of experience in building computer peripherals, delivering a versatile, high-quality pair of speakers that doesn’t break the bank. Perhaps the best thing about these speakers is how great they sound for the price, boasting relatively crisp highs with a well-tuned mid range.

    The best ergonomic keyboard

    We found the Logitech Ergo K860’s wave-like split keyboard to be phenomenally comfortable. It allows your shoulders and hands to rest in a more natural position. Add the cozy palm rest along the bottom edge and you’ll find yourself sitting pretty comfortably.

    The best external hard drive

    The WD My Passport solid-state drive is not the cheapest external drive, but you do get what you pay for. Files transfer quickly: We were able to back up Word documents in just a few seconds, full photo albums in less than 20 seconds and even large video files in under a minute.

    The best keyboard

    The full-size, full featured Logitech MX Keys offers a terrific typing experience, easy device switching, and simple customization.

    The best Lightning cable

    Anker’s Powerline II is a basic cable that does everything well. Our stress testing (and long-term use of this cable) leads us to suspect it will hold up well over time. It’s available in 3- and 6-foot lengths and white, black or gray colors.

    The best mesh Wi-Fi router

    Eero continues to make Wi-Fi easier and better for the masses with a streamlined setup, wide-ranging coverage, high speeds and affordability combined with easy-to-manage parental controls, ad blocking and network security.

    The best standing desk

    Branch’s standing desk is simple, affordable and easy to use, and has a sturdy build and a design that doesn’t distract. You can also opt for white or black legs, and tops in white, gray or woodgrain finishes.

    The best office chair

    The Steelcase Series 1 stood out as one of the most customizable, high-quality, comfortable office chairs we tested, beating out chairs double the price — making it the best bang for the buck.

    The best password manager

    1Password offers the total package: security, usability, features and pricing. After signing up for your account, which includes the option for a free 14-day trial, you can download an app or a browser extension. The apps and extensions are used to create, fill and store your complex passwords so you don’t have to remember them.

    The best portable Bluetooth speaker

    The UE Boom 3 gives you robust, 360-degree sound in a waterproof, dust-proof canister that you can take everywhere. It’s pretty much everything you could want in a Bluetooth speaker for the price.

    The best printer

    The HP Envy Pro 6455e is a feature-filled and reliable unit that proves you don’t need to spend a ton for great performance. As an all-in-one unit it offers quality prints across text and visually heavy tasks alike, while also being able to scan and copy with ease.

    The best ring light

    The Emart 10-Inch Standing Ring Light comes with a tripod that’s fully adjustable — from 19 inches to 50 inches — making it a great option whether you’re using a computer webcam, phone or camera. Three light modes (warm, cool and a nice mix of the two) and 11 brightness levels ensure you’re always framed in the right light.

    The best tax software

    Throughout the entire process, TurboTax is the easiest to use, helping you figure out which forms you need in a customer-friendly way and offering live customer support whenever you need it. From the moment you arrive at the TurboTax website, the company holds your hand to help you figure out the right software version to use for your specific taxes.

    The best USB-C cable

    Anker’s Powerline + II USB-C cable is the latest version of our favorite cable; it’s durable and functional, with a braided jacket, robust connectors, and handles up to 60 watts of power for fast charging. And it’s backed by a lifetime warranty.

    The best USB-C charger

    Like the rest of the company’s recent chargers, the Anker PowerPort Atom III Slim is based on GaN (Gallium Nitride) rather than silicon, which conducts electricity more efficiently, stays cooler, and thus allows for smaller, lighter electronics. With 45 watts of power, support for all the major fast-charging standards, cool-running GaN circuitry and a slim design that makes it easy to plug in anywhere, the PowerPort Atom III was the most versatile single-port charger we tested.

    The best USB-C hub for 13-inch laptops

    If you’re looking to expand the functionality of a 13-inch laptop (such as a MacBook Air or Dell XPS 13), the Satechi Multi-Port Adapter V2 is the best hub of its kind we tested in terms of overall speed and reliability. Satechi’s sleek “Space Gray” hub stands out against the rest of our testing pool, having one of the sleekest designs and some of the fastest data transfer speeds.

    The best webcam

    The Logitech C920S is the best webcam overall, delivering excellent picture quality in both bright and dim lighting conditions. Its design is sturdy and versatile, and it has some handy companion software for customizing your shots.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • Best coffee subscriptions of 2022 | CNN Underscored

    Best coffee subscriptions of 2022 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    There are tons of coffee subscriptions on the internet, all with different and overlapping coffees, formats and perks. We searched far and wide for the best and most popular services out there, and narrowed it down to 10 we tried for ourselves. If there was a coffee quiz, we took it. If the coffee came with a postcard, we read it. Most importantly, we ordered and tasted coffee from every single subscription to find the absolute best.

    After nearly two months of quizzing, grinding, sipping and notetaking, we’ve come up with the best coffee subscriptions.

    Best coffee subscription box overall

    Blue Bottle’s coffee subscription won us over with its balance of variety, customizability and, most importantly, taste. The flavors are complex and bold, but unmistakably delicious. Beyond its coffee, Blue Bottle’s subscription is simple and easy to use, with tons of options to tailor to your caffeine needs.

    Best coffee subscription for those who crave variety

    Trade has a helpful coffee quiz, plenty of customizable settings and more than 400 coffees to choose from. With a seemingly unlimited variety of coffee beans to choose from there will always be new and interesting coffees for you to try. Plus, Trade allows you to pick which coffees are sent to you, giving you more control than many other services.

    Best coffee subscription for the budding connoisseur

    The Black Box subscription from Angel’s Cup will have you feeling like a coffee connoisseur in no time. This subscription sends you a box of four different roasts, with only the roast date and a five-digit number to differentiate them. The idea is that each shipment is a blind tasting, so once you brew and drink each coffee, you can go onto an app to rate it for yourself and record any notes.

    Blue Bottle

    Blue Bottle’s coffee subscription hit all of our marks during the testing process. It has multiple kinds of subscriptions perfect for all kinds of coffee drinkers. With its solid customizability, variety and — above all — outstanding taste, Blue Bottle beat out every other coffee subscription we tested.

    We’ll dive into everything we loved about the Blue Bottle product in a moment. But first, we want to point out all the various subscription options available on the site. You can choose between subscriptions that send you blends, single origin coffees, decaf and even espresso beans, depending on your cup of choice. The espresso, single origin and blend options have what’s called an assortment subscription, which is the best pick if you want to try different coffees all the time. The blends assortment and espresso assortments rotate between five- and four-set offerings respectively, so if you opt for the blends assortment subscription, for example, you’ll be getting one of five coffees each shipment. These start at $11 per shipment, but that’s for a 6-ounce bag, so you’ll probably want to upgrade to a 12-ounce bag at $18 per shipment. Or, you can select a single coffee and get that one delivered over and over again until you change it yourself.

    But if you’re a more adventurous type and want new flavors with every shipment, Blue Bottle’s single origin assortment subscription is the one for you. Blue Bottle searches the world and sources high-quality beans, then roasts them lightly to bring out their natural flavors. Best of all, the coffee changes every two weeks so you can try brand new beans with every shipment. This subscription starts at $13 per shipment for a 6-ounce bag, but the standard 12-ounce bag runs for $22 per shipment.

    None of that would really matter if the subscription experience — or even worse, the coffee — was bad. To Blue Bottle’s credit, the subscription was simple to navigate and receiving our boxes was a joy. Each shipment comes with your selected coffee, plus a little notecard that has information on your coffee’s history and taste. While these cards weren’t as fun and engaging as some of the others (such as Atlas Coffee Club’s postcards or Angel’s Cup’s blind tasting), the information Blue Bottle gives you is all you need to thoroughly enjoy your brew.

    We also loved the customizability of Blue Bottle’s subscription. While it doesn’t provide as many options as some of the others, you can still select from four different coffee sizes — from 6 ounces up to 36 ounces — and four different delivery options between one, two, three and four week intervals.

    The service really has all you’ll ever need to get the cup of coffee you want, but the biggest factor that tipped the scales in Blue Bottle’s favor was its taste. We tried both single origin and blend roasts from Blue Bottle, and every single time we ooo’d and ah’d at the bold, delicious flavors. Of course, flavor is subjective, but over a wide variety of roasts, Blue Bottle consistently tasted better in our tests. Does that mean you’ll love every coffee Blue Bottle has more than every other coffee we tested? No. But we think you have the best chance of getting an outstanding cup of coffee, no matter the roast or blend, with Blue Bottle.

    When we tasted the coffees, we particularly loved the Giant Steps blend, which had punchy notes of cocoa, toasted marshmallow and graham cracker. We also fawned over a single origin roast from Guatemala that was extremely smooth and had a sweet taste that mirrored the included tasting notes which mentioned brown sugar and cinnamon.

    No matter what you want from a coffee subscription, Blue Bottle tailors an experience that will always provide you with freshly roasted, delicious coffee right at your doorstep. With resealable bags, shipping included in the coffee’s price and tons of other features we absolutely loved, if you’re going to try a coffee subscription we can’t recommend Blue Bottle enough.

    Trade

    While Blue Bottle was our winner outright, nipping at its heels was the coffee subscription from Trade. Its enormous selection of more than 400 coffees is enticing to the coffee addict who wants to try new flavors all the time. Plus, Trade’s coffee quiz was surprisingly effective at finding a roast we loved, and can help guide you through the sometimes overwhelming options. While we didn’t love the taste as much as Blue Bottle’s options, we’re confident you’ll find a coffee match made in heaven with Trade.

    Trade’s subscription works slightly differently than Blue Bottle. First off, Trade sources coffee from roasters from around the world, unlike Blue Bottle which has its own branded varieties. The next big difference is when you subscribe to Trade, you’re going to have to go through its coffee quiz. You’re asked seven questions such as how you brew your coffee, what you like and don’t like flavor-wise, if you typically add milk or sugar, your preferred roast level and more. After you complete the questionnaire, it presents you with multiple picks that they think you’d like based on your answers.

    When we took the quiz, we matched up with The Overnighter from Joe Coffee, which had deliciously strong, chocolatey tastes that had us refilling our cup the whole day. While the coffee quiz from Blue Bottle touted 10 total questions in comparison to Trade’s seven, Blue Bottle’s quiz is totally optional and only really helps you find blends to try. Trade, on the other hand, forces you to take the quiz before you can even subscribe, so you’re more likely to find a coffee tailored to you right away.

    Trade’s coffee quiz was one of the highlights of the subscription for us, but most of the other services had a similar quiz. What pushed Trade beyond those competitors wasn’t any one fancy feature, but its consistently scoring high across almost all of our tests.

    You can customize certain factors of your subscription such as grind size, whether you want one or two bags delivered and whether you want those to be delivered every one, two or three weeks.

    A nice touch of the Trade experience was a little note explaining why the curators picked each coffee for you. It told us that our coffee was good to brew in a french press, strong enough to handle milk and even provided a couple tasting notes, but it didn’t go into as much detail as some of the others with an extensive list of flavors to expect and a history of the coffee. Though if you love your coffee and want to learn more, you can always hop onto Trade’s website and read about the roaster and bean. Perhaps most importantly, there are some really tasty options in their immense variety of coffees, allowing Trade to easily push ahead of many of the other subscription services as a well-balanced option.

    If you want a custom-fit coffee subscription experience with tons of variety and a service that can either use algorithms and curators to pick every coffee you get, or let you browse through the hundreds of options yourself, Trade is the subscription service we’d recommend for you.

    The Black Box from Angel's Cup

    Angel’s Cup offers three different kinds of coffee subscriptions: All Stars, Cupping Flights and The Black Box. All Stars is more or less a standard subscription, in which Angel’s Cup sends you one bag of coffee at intervals of your choice. These bags were highly rated by other Angel’s Cup subscribers, so you’re sure to get a delicious coffee. But we recommend Angel’s Cup because of its other services, namely, The Black Box subscription.

    The Black Box is basically an upgrade of the Cupping Flights. Both send you a box of their own branded coffee packaged in four small bags without any information so you can blind taste them. After tasting, you go to Angel’s Cup’s mobile app to input and rate your tasting notes, comparing your scores to the roastmaster and other people who have tasted the same coffee. This doesn’t inform what Angel’s Cup sends you in the next shipment (which is actually a feature at Driftaway), rather it’s so you can test and grow your palate.

    The Cupping Flights subscription starts at $8.99 per shipment, and includes four 1-ounce bags, which is just enough for a big 16-ounce mug of coffee. It’s good if you’re the only coffee drinker in your house. If you have more than one person who wants in on the tasting, or if you just like to drink a lot of coffee, The Black Box sends four 2.75-ounce bags, each enough to make 44 ounces of coffee, or about four normal sized mugs. All four bags nearly add up to a standard 12-ounce bag, so you can expect your full shipment to last as long as your traditional bean bag. This subscription starts at $17.99 per shipment if you commit to 12 shipments.

    The Black Box was one of the highlights of our testing, providing an engaging and memorable experience to our morning coffee routine. We loved visiting the app and inputting our own thoughts and gripes about each coffee. The app itself isn’t cutting edge and could use an update, but it’s a fun, interactive element no other service even came close to.

    Angel’s Cup doesn’t offer a coffee quiz, there’s no way to change the amount of coffee you get besides choosing different subscriptions and the flights ship every Wednesday, which is more restrictive than the many others that ship to order. Despite those mild shortcomings, Angel’s Cup delivers delicious and intriguing coffees, and its blind tasting format made us want to hone our palette and become real coffee aficionados.

    In regards to taste, the coffees we tried from Angel’s Cup all tasted great. Not as bold as Blue Bottle or personalized as Trade, but every cup was a high-quality brew that we’d have no qualms about drinking daily. They had a wide variety of flavors; some were subtle and fruity, while others were dry and toasty. Overall, we enjoyed the taste of the coffees from Angel’s Cup a lot.

    If coffee is your passion (or maybe you need something new to kill time since you’re at home all day), The Black Box from Angel’s Cup is a fun way to pretend you’re a coffee connoisseur. What it lacks in customizability it more than makes up for with the best coffee drinking experience we had throughout our entire testing.

    We tested coffee subscriptions for nearly two months, researching each service’s website thoroughly as well as going hands-on with every single brand’s coffee to test the packaging, experience, taste and more. We tried a wide variety of coffees from each brand, receiving multiple bags of beans and different roasts whenever possible.

    To test taste, we ground, brewed and drank each coffee in the same exact way, and wrote down what we liked and didn’t like, while reading the coffee’s tasting notes to see if they were accurate. However, since taste is subjective, we didn’t want to only test how the coffee tasted, but also the subscription services themselves. Through our research, we compared variables such as coffee variety, roast freshness, customizability, delivery options and more to see which service was the best. Here’s a full breakdown of all the tests we ran.

    Subscription service

    • Coffee Variety: We went onto each subscription’s website to see how many coffees it offered, what kinds of coffee it offered and how often those offerings change.
    • Personalization: We went through any coffee quiz or questionnaire the service provided, and judged how easy it was to find a coffee you’d like right off the bat.
    • Size and delivery options: We counted the different size and delivery options for each coffee subscription.
    • Customizability: We looked on the websites to see how much you could customize your order. We counted all the options you could change such as the roast level, grind size and whether you prefer decaf or regular coffee.
    • Refunds and Exchanges: We researched if you could get a refund or exchange your coffee if you didn’t like the coffee you got in the last shipment.
    • Extras: We received each shipment, and in doing so looked for any extras including notecards, information sheets, tasting notes and more. We judged how much these extras added to the coffee subscription experience, and if they were helpful and informative.

    Coffee

    • Taste: We tasted each subscription multiple times after grinding and brewing in the exact same way. We used an electric burr grinder and a french press, and drank each coffee black and with a splash of oat milk, both hot and iced.
    • Roast freshness: We looked on the websites to see how fresh each roast was, and also compared the roast date to the delivery date of each coffee shipment we

    perSimilar in overall approach to Trade (and drawing on many of the same third-wave American roasters), this newer subscription service from Breville has a lot to offer with a curated-by-flavor approach that’s a good way to check out new beans. That said, the flavor families — chocolate, caramel and fruity — are a bit broad, and the price per bag is on average a dollar or two more expensive than Trade’s.

    A quiz points you towards coffees you might like (and we were pretty happy with the results), and you can order whole beans or beans ground to taste, in amounts ranging from 2-5 bags per order on the cadence you desire (selectable in one-week intervals from delivery every week to once per month; it’s easy to change on the fly if you feel like you are getting too much or too little coffee). We subscribed for several months and were able to settle in on a delivery schedule that ensured we always had a fresh bag on the way as we were finishing up the prior order.

    Really the only downside here is that there are so many other options, some of them less expensive, offering nearly the same products. This speaks to how good small roasters have been about getting the world out and scaling up their output, but it means you can shop around for the best deal, even if your tastes are fairly esoteric.

    We’ve reviewed Atlas Coffee Club in the past, and while we loved it (and still do) it didn’t quite break out past its competitors. The coffee tastes great, it comes in extravagant bags that look great on a counter and the postcards included are filled with useful tasting notes and interesting coffee history. Despite these great attributes, Atlas just fell a little short with its limited variety and lack of coffee quiz. Atlas, as a coffee of the month service, sends out one coffee a month from a different country, and you can only change the roast level and grind size, which was a bit more limiting than other services.

    Mistobox offers an even wider variety than Trade with over 590 coffees at the time of writing. Mistobox’s coffee quiz has seven questions, which was an adequate amount to find a coffee we enjoyed. You can also get very specific with which kind of coffee you want, filtering your pick by grind, roast level and whether you want a single origin, blend, espresso or decaf bean. On the other hand, the coffee didn’t taste quite as great as some others, you can only order the bags in one size and the shipment was absent of any attention-grabbing extras. But if you’re looking for a subscription with a massive selection of coffee, Mistobox can go blow for blow with Trade any day.

    Bean Box didn’t impress us too much, as it didn’t have an especially wide variety, have tons of flexibility for size and delivery or have informative extras. The taste of the coffees we received was a little lackluster, and the beans came 10 days after being roasted, longer than other services that can get it to your door in just a few days.

    Driftaway’s small variety and limited size and delivery options knocked it down a peg or two. However, we loved the format or the subscription, and think it could be really good for someone who doesn’t exactly know what coffee they like. The first shipment you get is a tasting flight, and you rank which ones you like the best. Driftaway will then select coffees similar to that so you can build a flavor profile. Driftaway also puts sustainability at the core of its operation with practices such as eco-friendly packaging and carbon offsets for every shipment, which we really appreciated.

    Crema Co touts a massive coffee selection with over 450 options and has a thorough, nine question quiz that’s fun and engaging. The taste of the coffees we got was alright, but didn’t blow us away. And while the package did come with a handwritten note that says who packed your box, there wasn’t any info on the coffee or tasting notes that we would’ve enjoyed. Our biggest gripe with Crema Co’s coffee was the bags it was packaged in. They were extremely hard to open and we ended up just slicing them with a knife. That means we couldn’t reseal the bag and would’ve had to store the beans in a separate air-tight container.

    Peets was one of the best in terms of taste, which was a surprise to us. The coffee we tried was dark and full of flavor, and out of all the coffees we tried we’d say it was the one we’d want to drink every day. However, the coffee variety was lacking with only around 50 options, and the coffee quiz only had five questions, which was fewer than many of our other top-ranked services. Peets also didn’t come with any extras, and the bag wasn’t easily resealable.

    Craft Coffee didn’t have as big of a selection as others, and its coffee quiz just simply asks you to select a coffee you like from a drop down menu of popular choices you might find at the store. Craft does have a ton of delivery options, where you can get a shipment anywhere from once a week to every three months, but without any extras, a middle of-the-road taste and a bag that was difficult to open and reseal, Craft didn’t separate itself from the pack.

    Read more from CNN Underscored’s hands-on testing

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best hard-shell carry-on luggage of 2022 | CNN Underscored

    The best hard-shell carry-on luggage of 2022 | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    There are hundreds of carry-ons on the market these days, from established luggage brands and from newcomers hoping to disrupt an expensive industry with affordable, high-quality gear. With tons of options to choose from, picking the right bag for your trip can be overwhelming. We’ve already tested the best checked luggage for your travel plans. Now, after researching dozens of cases, we zeroed in on 12 of the most popular luggage bags with especially high praise from users and professional reviewers, and then put them through the wringer to determine the best carry-on suitcase.

    For this piece, we focused exclusively on hardside (or “hard-shell”) luggage, as in our experience this has proven to be the best at actually protecting your stuff. New materials mean today’s hardside luggage is also often incredibly lightweight and flexible enough to pack to the brim. We also only tested four-wheel spinner cases, as these are generally easier to maneuver than two-wheel cases (and any difference in packing space is negligible). For those interested in lighter, expandable luggage pieces, we’ve taken a separate look at soft-shell carry-on bags.

    After weeks of testing, we’ve settled on four cases that will serve nearly any traveler’s needs. Take a look at our picks, rationale and testing process below.

    Best overall hard-shell carry on luggage

    The Away Carry-On has everything you want in a suitcase: durability, thoughtful organization, smart features and chic design — at a fair price point to boot.

    The Away Carry-On has everything you want in a suitcase: durability, thoughtful organization, smart features and chic design, all at a fair price.

    Away’s offering stood up very well to our abuse, handling being kicked, jumped on and dropped down stairs with only minor scuffing and zero lasting dents. This is due to the materials it’s constructed with: The outer shell is 100% polycarbonate, an extremely strong yet lightweight and flexible material that’s become the gold standard for hardside luggage.

    Away also utilizes smooth YKK zippers, an aluminum telescopic handle and the Rolls-Royce of luggage wheels: four double Hinomoto spinners, which in our testing glided seamlessly on pavement, hardwood and grass alike. The bag also never felt like it was going to tip over, even when fully loaded.

    To be fair, Away’s top and side carry handles are a bit flat and stiff — a minor issue since the bags will typically be rolled rather than carried, but an issue nonetheless. The telescopic handle was also one of the wobbliest we tested. That said, Away claims the handle is meant to be this flexible to better absorb shock, and no issues with the handle actually arose in our testing. We also liked that the handle itself is black rather than the brushed steel color typical of most cases, as this better matches the trim and detailing on the bag.

    Away really shines, however, when it comes time to actually pack it. The case features the best internal design of the bunch — a simple yet effective system that will keep your stuff organized without overcomplicating things or clogging up valuable packing space. One side consists of a deep pocket covered by a full-zip divider, good for hard or bulky items; the other side is topped by a removable, buckle-down compression board that helps you wring every bit of space out of the 39.8 liter bag. The compression board also features a larger zip pocket that’s the perfect size for sliding your laptop into it; since the board is meant to sit atop your clothing, this automatically offers extra padding for your delicate electronics.

    Thoughtful touches like this helped push the Away into our top spot. For instance, a lot of bags also feature clamshell designs with one fully zipped side and one with some sort of strap to hold clothing down. But with the Away, that zippered side has a mesh covering, meaning you can actually see what you’ve packed without having to dig around in your bag. The inclusion of a hidden, water resistant laundry bag and leather luggage tag are nice touches as well.

    Whether or not you want a smart suitcase is a matter of preference, but it’s nice to have the option. Away was the only case we tested that actually comes with a battery pack (a 10,000 mAh travel-friendly charger, to be precise). It also has the easiest battery removal process of the cases tested by far, since you can simply pop the battery out of the case while it’s still shut. The case also has two charging ports, whereas all but one other we tested (the Genius Pack Supercharged) had only a single port.

    At 8.1 pounds, the Away certainly wasn’t the lightest bag in our testing, but we think the extra (literal) baggage is a fair trade-off given everything else you get. And if you’re positive you don’t want a smart suitcase, just purchase the Away without the battery pack to save a little weight.

    Finally, Away’s lifetime warranty and free and easy returns for 100 days shows that the company stands by its product. And, of course that product looks fantastic: With a sleek design and nine tasteful color options (plus frequent limited-edition shades), you can pick something that won’t look like every other black suitcase on the conveyor belt.

    If you think you’ll be returning from a trip with a ton of souvenirs, it’s worth considering grabbing an expandable case like the Calpak Ambeur, or upgrading to Away’s Bigger Carry-On (bearing in mind the risk that this might meet all international carry-on requirements). Otherwise, the Away Carry-On is the hardside suitcase we’d reach for most. As essential as a good travel pillow, this bag will serve almost all travelers’ needs for years to come, and will look fantastic while doing it.

    A luxurious hard-shell runner-up choice

    The Delsey Chatelet has a luxurious feel and an outer shell made of 100% polycarbonate, an extremely strong yet lightweight and flexible material that’s become the gold standard for hardside luggage

    The most Instagrammable hard-shell carry-on luggage

    The Calpak Ambeur Carry-On has a sleek, monochromatic exterior thatis endlessly Instagrammable. Even the wheels and telescopic handle match the rest of the case.

    Best affordable hard-shell carry-on luggage

    The Samsonite Omni has a fully polycarbonate shell with a micro-diamond texture that prevents scuffing and keeps the back from feeling bulky.

    Best overall hard-shell carry on luggage

    A luxurious hard-shell runner-up choice

    The most Instagrammable hard-shell carry-on luggage

    Best affordable hard-shell carry-on luggage

    What we loved

    Made with a strong but lightweight 100% polycarbonate outer shell, smooth YKK zippers, an aluminum telescopic handle and the Rolls-Royce of luggage wheels: four double Hinomoto spinners, which in our testing glided seamlessly on pavement, hardwood and grass alike.

    Classic and glamorous design with a luxurious-feeling. Comfortable handles, easy break system and scuff-proof.

    Gorgeous bag with a sleek, monochromatic exterior, a squishy cushioned grip that made for an ultra comfortable carry and exceedingly lightweight.

    Affordable and sturdy with a fully polycarbonate shell and lots of internal space.

    What we didn’t like

    Heavier than other bags we tested.

    Heaviest of our top picks and slightly bulkier than the Away bag. The excess weight could cause trouble when trying to carry this bag onto certain international flights.

    Can surpass size and weight restrictions on some airlines when using the expandable part of the bag. The expandable part of the bag is also made of fabric, which is inherently less durable than the hard shell itself.

    Omni lacks a horizontal side handle, which really comes in handy when lugging a case up and down stairs and when removing it from an overhead bin.The wheels are also single, rather than double, spinners, which are slightly less sturdy and more prone to getting caught in cracks in the sidewalk.

    Key Specs

    8.1 lbs, 39.8-liter capacity, two device charging ports, lifetime warranty

    9.3 lbs, 44.9-liter capacity, 10-year warranty

    6 lbs, 46-liter capacity that expands up to 2 inches, 2-year warranty

    6.8 pounds, 41-liter capacity, 10-year warranty

    Price

    From $275



    $226



    From $195



    $170

    Suitcases need to be able to withstand a fair amount of abuse, fit a lot of stuff, and roll without a hitch. We broke up all the factors that matter to travelers into categories, and then evaluated how each case held up.

    Materials and durability

    • Outer materials: We assessed the materials used in each case’s outer shell, zippers, telescopic handle and wheels.
    • Internal materials: We felt the materials used in the lining of cases for softness and stretched and bent any internal compression straps.
    • Dent and scuff test: We jumped on the cases. We kicked the cases and whacked them with hammers. We tossed the cases down a flight of stairs, much to the annoyance of our neighbors. Then we assessed how busted up each bag looked, as well as how easy it was to wipe away scuffs and pop out dents.

    Capacity and Organization

    • Internal volume: We measured the packable interior of the bags and also noted reported capacity in liters while making sure they met carry-on size limits.
    • Packing experience and organization: Just as important as capacity is how the space within a bag is actually used: Is the organization overwhelming, nonexistent, or just right? We assessed the utility of any internal pockets, straps, and dividers. Then we actually packed and unpacked the bags with the same set of items, noting how easy it was to keep our things organized, shove in last-minute items after closing the case and get at things once the case was reopened.

    Performance

    • Weight: We weighed the bags (unpacked).
    • Maneuverability: We rolled the bags across carpet, hardwood, cracked pavement and grass, and assessed how quietly, steadily and smoothly each bag moved.
    • Top and side handle comfort: We carried each bag up and down a flight of stairs using both handles, and assessed the comfort of each bag’s handle grips.
    • Telescopic handle comfort and stability: We raised and lowered the handle, and wiggled it around to assess wobbliness. We also used the handle to drag each bag, fully upright and as well using only the two front wheels, around the bumpy streets of Brooklyn.
    • Smoothness of internal and external zippers: We zipped and unzipped multiple times, with the bags both packed and empty, and noted any snags or resistance.

    Style

    • Multiple color options: We researched how many color or design options are available for each bag’s outer shell.
    • General impressions: We assessed the bag’s general look and vibe, as well as any options for customizability.

    Additional Features

    • Charging: We noted whether each bag had charging capabilities, and, if so, how easy that charger was to connect and remove and how many ports the case had.
    • Expandability: We noted whether, and how easily, the bag could expand.
    • TSA locking mechanism: We noted whether the bag had a TSA-approved lock, and also how easy this lock was to both set and use.
    • Other extras: We noted whether the bag came with meaningful extras — like included laundry or garment bags, luggage tags, brakes or electronic tracking systems.

    In addition to the above, we also factored in the price of each bag.

    A note on rankings: Differences in volume and materials were often so minor as to be negligible. An extra liter of space or a few ounces of weight here and there aren’t going to make a meaningful difference for the average traveler. Some cool features also have downsides. Expandable cases are obviously going to offer you more room, but that comes at the cost of potentially tipping the scale for what’s allowed in your carry-on bag (not to mention the fact that the expandable portion of the case is less durable than the rest of the shell). Charging, too, is really a matter of preference.

    That’s not to say that some bags aren’t significantly better bets than others. It’s just to remind you to think about how you’ll actually be using a piece of luggage before getting too bogged down in very minor differences that probably aren’t going to affect your travel experience.

    Finally, a note on polycarbonate vs. ABS outer shells. If you’re curious as to whether polycarbonate is really worth the major jump in price, the answer is usually yes. It’s not only more durable, but it’s also lighter and more flexible than ABS. That means you can often squeeze a few more things into the case, that dents pop out more easily, and that you can trust that your bag isn’t going to crack in baggage handling.

    We ultimately considered each bag with all of the above in mind, taking care to determine what factors would really matter to the most travelers.

    We loved the Aviator’s internal design and compression system, which is actually quite similar to Away’s. We also loved that the Aviator is made from recycled materials and looks like an old-timey trunk. We’d be happy to use this case, but it lacks Away’s lifetime warranty and charging capabilities, despite being about the same weight and more expensive. If price isn’t an issue and you don’t care about smart features, or you’ve simply fallen in love with the look of the bag and Paravel’s mission, it’s still a good pick.

    The Aero is another case that performed well in most of our tests and had a huge capacity. The super shiny exterior was also somewhat prone to scratches, however, and the case itself was rather heavy and bulky compared to our top picks.

    The Travelpro Crew 21 is a sturdy, lightweight option from a trusted brand. Alas, the case’s sloped top was a dealbreaker, as it prevented us from stacking a tote or pet carrier on top of the case while rolling it. We also disliked the uneven packing space inside (with one side much shallower than the other), and the flap covering the USB port was somewhat frustrating to close. The top and side handles were also very tight to the case, making it hard to slide our hands through.

    This beautiful bag is truly, shockingly light. But for this price, we’d want something perfect, and unfortunately this isn’t. There’s no side carry handle, and the single barred telescopic handle, while space-saving, put a major strain on our hand when dragging the case behind us.

    Briggs and Riley International Expandable Spinner

    $599 at Briggs & Riley

    This bag excelled in our durability tests, and features both a fantastic warranty and beautiful craftsmanship. The internal compression-expansion system is pretty cool too. What we didn’t like, however, was the disparity in packing space once you open up the bag. One side is much deeper than the other, which resulted in more layers when packing — and meant more digging through our stuff to find anything once the bag was opened.

    A super durable bag that suffered from the same misstep as the Genius Pack Supercharged: There’s just too much going on inside. The built-in packing cubes are oddly placed, to the point that packing and unpacking were rather tedious. The flap covering the outer USB port was also flimsy and maddening to close.

    American Tourister Moonlight Hardside Expandable Spinner

    At its sale price, the Moonlight isn’t a bad value. It has lots of packing space, a simple yet useful internal design and tons color and design options. But this bag also dented and scuffed very easily when jumped on (it’s entirely ABS rather than polycarbonate, which certainly had something to do with that). The outer coating quickly crinkled up, and marks remained quite visible after any dents were popped back into place. Part of the draw of this case is its looks, but you can’t expect it to stay pristine for long.

    Though very affordable, this was our least least favorite case. It’s a “basic” case, and it sure feels like one. This, like the American Tourister case, features a less durable ABS shell that dented quickly and retained lasting marks after our tests. Inside is lined with a very crinkly polyester, and the expandable side is also the side with a full zipper divider — an odd design choice that made packing less efficient. To use the case’s full capacity, you have to basically zip it shut, and then pile things awkwardly on top of that zippered compartment (which also oddly wasn’t flush with the outer edge of the bag). Overall, we’d rather shell out for a more expensive case that will last longer and feel nicer to use; travel is uncomfortable enough as it is.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • Best microwaves in 2022, tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    Best microwaves in 2022, tried and tested | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    You might only have a transactional relationship with the squat rectangle on your counter or above your fridge. Warm burrito. Melt butter. But if you’re in need of a new one, know that you can expect more from the device that nukes your chicken noodle soup because today’s models have plenty of options besides ‘add 30 seconds.’ The latest microwaves have sensors to determine just how long a potato needs to be cooked, plus they integrate with your smart home setup you can control via mobile apps. . And they’re available in sizes to fit any counter and style, from retro-inspired compact devices to capacious ovens big enough to handle dinner for a large family..

    We tested nine different microwaves by heating frozen burritos, popping popcorn, warming canned soup, cooking potatoes, and intentionally heating sticks of butter until they exploded (and then cleaning it up) to discover which microwave deserves a spot in your kitchen.

    The best microwave overall

    The understated, well-built Toshiba EM131A5C-BS Countertop Microwave outshone more expensive models and delivered even heat and consistent results.

    The best compact microwave

    The GE Smart Countertop Microwave provided steady performance in a compact package with an intuitive interface, and the smart features make setup simple.

    Jonathan Bender/CNN Underscored

    Microwaves are like supporting actors, you want them to be there to do the job without having to think about how hard they’re working. The understated Toshiba EM131A5C-BS Countertop Microwave, with even heating and solid performance that equalled that of pricier models, is a strong candidate to join the cast of your kitchen appliances.

    The Toshiba’s rounded, sedate design keeps it from looking too boxy or flashy. The tapered handle feels sturdy and is plated to match the face (it’s available in stainless steel or black stainless steel) of the microwave. At 1.2 cubic feet and 1,100 watts, it was right in the middle of all of the models we tested for size and power. And it offers you the option to turn off the display when you’re not using the microwave or mute the beeps when you are cooking.

    The microwave has six pre-programmed settings (popcorn, potato, rice, veggie, frozen pizza, and frozen entree), two defrost settings, and sensor cooking. There’s a button to soften or melt chocolate or butter, as well as a keypad for express cooking (pressing ‘1’ starts the microwave for 1 minute.).

    The interior light was best in class, clearly illuminating a bowl of soup well enough for us to judge that it was warm enough for kids at 1 minute and ready for the rest of us 15 seconds later. The settings were reasonably accurate as well, thoroughly cooking a half-pound potato in slightly under 7 minutes and evenly popping popcorn with only a dozen unpopped kernels left in the bowl.

    We only had minor complaints about the Toshiba’s performance. It’s a bit louder than the quietest models we tested — you can still easily have a conversation while it’s running; but you’ll know that someone is making popcorn. And it took 3 minutes for the frozen burrito to get hot — more in line with the smaller microwaves in the 900 watt range — and we lost some beans being lost out the sides in the process.

    The interior and door were easy to wipe down after our exploding butter test, and the turntable has a small lip that kept butter from pooling underneath. Got more room in your kitchen? The Toshiba microwave is also available as a 1.3 cubic feet smart model that works with Alexa as well as in a 1.6 cubic feet inverter model if you really need a lot of space.

    Underscored best microwave GE smart countertop

    Jonathan Bender/CNN Underscored

    The GE Smart Countertop Microwave is a neat little choice if you’re looking for a smaller microwave oven with practical touches. It’s got a clearly laid out interface and sensible design. And it is one of the smallest and least expensive microwaves available with truly smart features, perhaps the smartest among them is that it alerts you to your mistake if you try to start it before you’ve placed your food inside.

    The smart features make setup simple. We were using the microwave via a downloadable app in under 10 minutes. One up and running, the GE Smart can scan barcodes for many packaged foods (although likely not for everything in your freezer) to set cooking time and power accordingly, and recognize voice commands from Google Home and Amazon’s Alexa.

    But more importantly, the GE Smart was a goodperformer even when used without the smart features.. Six program buttons give you quick access to common settings from warming a plate of food to cooking vegetables, along with reheating and defrosting settings. Analog users will find program instructions at the top of the frame inside the door. The door slides open by a push button, which gives it a lower profile; but is less effective than a handle.

    Rated at 900 watts, this smart microwave is less powerful than some of the larger models available for around the same price. That meant warming soup and heating a frozen burrito did take nearly a minute longer than models with more wattage; but the soup was heated evenly and our frozen burritos didn’t burst even with the additional time. And this smaller microwave evenly cooked a spud that could be mashed or eaten as a baked potato with a fat pat of butter.

    The interior – at 0.9 cubic feet – is snug; but we were still able to fit a bag of microwave popcorn on the 10½ inch turntable. The interior light was bright, which let us know that the bag needed an additional 15 seconds to pop all but 10 of the kernels.

    While no microwave is really portable, it was easier to lift the 28-pound model on and off the counter than some of the large models we tested that can weigh in at close to 40 pounds. The GE microwave was loud at the start; but got quieter once it was running. And there’s an option to silence the beeps, if you’re trying to eat popcorn after your kids’ bedtime. The small interior was quick and easy to clean of butter spatter. The brushed stainless front only took a few wipes, but the black border at the top did show fingerprints.

    The best microwave overall

    The best compact microwave

    What we loved about it

    This mid-size microwave with an easy-to-grip handle delivers steady performance without taking up too much counter space. It’s quick to clean and has a bright interior light to keep an eye on popcorn.

    It’s a smart appliance at a much lower price than other smart models that performs well whether you’re using the keypad or your smartphone. It’s got an intuitive interface and simple styling that means it can fit in a lot of different kitchens.

    What we didn’t like about it

    The Toshiba is a bit loud while running and didn’t heat a frozen burrito as quickly or evenly as the other models we tested.

    As a compact microwave it has a smaller interior and turntable, as well as lower wattage than larger models. It also has a push button, rather than a handle, and you’ll pay a slight premium for smart features.

    Measurements

    20.5” wide x 17.1” deep x 12.9” tall / 34.6 pounds

    19” wide x 14.5” deep x 11.5” tall / 28 pounds

    Wattage

    1,100 watts

    900 watts

    Price

    $149.99



    $119

    Underscored best microwave soup

    Jonathan Bender/CNN Underscored

    There are three main types of microwaves. Many newer homes will have one of two types of built-in models, installed either in a cabinet below the counter or above the stove in place of a range hood, and generally incorporating an exhaust fan. In either case, these models are larger and more expensive, and your choice is likely limited by your current kitchen design (or by your renovation budget).

    For this review, however, we looked at countertop microwave ovens: smaller, less expensive and very capable models suited for renters, apartment dwellers, those with smaller homes, or anyone who needs a compact, flexible cooking appliance.  — those best.

    Even if you’re looking at countertop microwaves, you’ll want to decide first where it’s going to live in your kitchen. We suggest measuring your counter or pantry shelves to determine exactly how much space you have for a microwave.

    While exterior finishes range from hard plastic to stainless steel, and you will want something that works with your decor, you’ll also want to focus your attention on the controls and features. Handles make it easier to close and open doors, whereas push buttons give a microwave a lower profile. If you’re an occasional microwave user, presets (pre-programmed functions designed to cook certain foods for a set amount of time at a set power level) likely won’t matter; but if you’re cooking a baked potato once a week, it’s nice to hit a few buttons and walk away.

    While microwaves are available in very compact sizes, with many compact models measuring around 700 watts, with about 0.7 cubic feet of cooking space, we looked primarily at mid-size units from 900 watts up to to 1,250 watts. More wattage typically speeds up the time it takes to cook, reheat, or defrost a given amount of food. Typically the more powerful models have larger interiors. Keep in mind that mid-size models, ranging from 1.1 to 1.4 cubic feet, are big enough to fit a 12-inch dinner plate. Compact models typically can’t fit a full-size dinner plate because of smaller turntables (around 10 inches) and narrower interiors, though they have smaller footprints for tight kitchens and within their space limitations are often as capable as bigger models, just slower.

    Nowadays, you’ll come across many “inverter” microwaves, which can vary their power output, allowing them to cook continuously at whatever power level you set. Traditional transformer-powered microwaves can only be “on” or “off”, so when you set your old microwave to 50% power the magnetron is actually alternating between cooking at 100% and not doing anything at all. full power and no power. The idea is that inverters can provide more efficiency and more even cooking, and handle tasks like defrosting meat without accidentally cooking it on the outside or gently melting chocolate or butter. That said, in our testing, microwaves with inverters performed well (bowls of soup were cooler to the touch, for instance); but overall had results consistent with transformer models, which may speak to overall improved design.

    As for smart microwaves, we didn’t find that they provided much benefit. For us, scanning a barcode on a package or using voice commands wasn’t any faster than just typing in a few numbers or turning a dial, and you still have to place the food in the microwave. That said, they may offer additional accessibility benefits for some users, and plenty of folks just want to use their phones as their home’s nerve center, but beyond that we think these haven’t quite found their niche.

    For this review, we didn’t test convection microwave ovens or other combination devices. These are becoming more common (part of the new wave of multi-purpose countertop cooking appliances) and there are, of course, even air fryer microwave combos available nowadays. These ovens not only function as defrosters or food warmers but have an additional heating element and fan that circulates hot air, so you can bake or cook in them as you would in a toaster oven. While we didn’t consider convection models in this review, it’s something we might revisit in the future.

    Underscored best microwave popcorn

    Jonathan Bender/CNN Underscored

    Over the course of a month, we popped bags of popcorn, heated canned soup, cooked half-pound potatoes, and warmed frozen bean burritos.

    With the popcorn, we kept an eye out for burned pieces and the number of unpopped kernels. We looked at how evenly chicken noodle soup heated in a ceramic bowl and whether or not that bowl could be handled without an oven mitt after a turn in the microwave. The potatoes allowed us to check the accuracy of a pre-programmed setting or manufacturer recommendation. Frozen burritos were a test of how uniformly each microwave could defrost and heat; if the tortilla warmed too quickly it tended to split, spilling the fillings, and we were able to check whether the interior was heated through.

    We considered how heavy a microwave was to lift on and off the counter, even though we know most microwaves will stay in place until it’s time for them to be replaced. We looked at the design and functionality of each microwave: the interface, handle, button placement, and interior light. We also assessed if it was easy to use the programs or add seconds to cooking time once the microwave was in operation.

    We let butter splatter to see how much effort it was to wipe down the interior. After cooking and cleaning, we then weighed the performance of each model against each other and factored in the cost to help make a decision on which microwaves we would recommend.

    The sleek Galanz ExpressWave offers minimalist style with a pair of stainless steel bands that frame the modern black front; within it is oversized, with a spacious interior (2.2 cubic feet) and lots of power at 1,250 watts.

    The Galanz relies on a dial, rather than a number key, for adjusting the cooking time or inputting the weight of meat you’re defrosting. It also has four sensor cook pre-sets, as well as 8 reheating programs from frozen pizza to rice.

    This inverter microwave was fast, which earned it points for convenience; but not always points for performance. On the plus side, a bowl of canned soup was ready to eat in 90 seconds and a frozen burrito was evenly warmed right at 2 minutes.

    But after 1 minute and 50 seconds, the popcorn was a bit overdone with 20 unpopped kernels still in the bag. The potato preset nuked a half-pound potato for six minutes. While it was cooked through on the sides; it needed another minute to soften up the center.

    The push button to open the door of the biggest model we tested did take a bit of, well, pushing. Even with more space to clean, the interior was easy to wipe down. The front remained streak free, while the duller top showed smudges.

    The Breville offers high-end design, with a soft-close door and brushed stainless exterior (not just a stainless steel face) as well as the usual Breville convenience features, but models less than half the price perform just as well. Though it is an inverter model, we didn’t see a gain in cooking or defrosting performance that justified the price tag.

    With a whimsical greeting chime, a finishing beep that would be at home on a game show, and adorable menu icons inside the right door frame, the Breville has some softer touches that were delightful. The 1.2 cubic foot microwave also offers lots of possibilities for adjusting how long you cook or reheat your dinner. You can stop the turntable from spinning (useful if you’ve got a larger dish that might bump against the sides) and add ‘a bit more’ cooking time (as found on other Breville products such as Breville’s 4-slice toaster).

    Looking to let the inverter microwave do the work? There’s smart cook, defrost, and reheat buttons, which sense the steam released by the food in the microwave and adjust the power as needed. There’s 15 different presets that cover everything from melting chocolate to making oatmeal. A pair of dials start and stop the cooking process.

    The 1,250-watt microwave heated food evenly, although we did find ourselves often adding a bit more time (pun intended) to the programmed options. Our baked potato needed an additional minute; but was fluffy without the uncooked spots that showed up with less powerful models. The frozen burrito and canned soup were both hot within two minutes. A bag of popcorn, required a few seconds over three minutes, to pop the last kernels.

    Butter came off the interior with a quick wipe of a damp cloth and the brushed stainless hid fingerprints well.

    The Faberware was a solid performer, but needs to learn how to use its indoor voice. It effectively popped popcorn; but you wouldn’t want to try and watch a movie while it was running.

    In its favor, at 1.1 cubic feet, it has enough room to fit a dinner plate or a small casserole dish without being a counter hog. The 1,000-watt microwave was within 30 seconds of the fastest times in warming the middle of a frozen burrito and heating a bowl of canned soup.

    The LED-lit interface is intuitive with useful options up front like the ability to defrost by time or weight. It has six presets from warming beverages to cooking a potato (our half-pound test came in right under eight minutes) and a start button that can also add 30 seconds of cooking time.

    While no microwave was quiet, the Farberware was louder than other models and the door opened and closed with a clunk of the handle. The interior was quick to clean; but the exterior tended to show smudges.

    With rounded corners and a window reminiscent of a tube television, the Galanz Retro certainly lives up to its name. Chrome accents and a quartet of available colors (our tester was a pleasing mint green) were nice stylish touches on the microwave that easily fits on a counter even in an apartment’s galley kitchen.

    A compact exterior leaves less room for cooking and a 10.5-inch turntable means you can only fit an 11-inch dinner plate. Yet, at 900 watts, it still had enough power to bake a potato and warm up a frozen burrito. Heating; however, proved uneven as our first bag of microwave popcorn came out burnt (a second bag was a bit overdone; but not charred).

    The curved handle was easy to grip and the door swung open and shut with a resounding thunk. A dial at the bottom is the key control feature: you can adjust the time and input the weight of what you’re trying to defrost or cook and work your way through 7 preset cooking options and 10 reheating settings. You can also add 30 seconds by simply pressing the center button on the dial.

    The exterior and interior were easy to wipe down, although a lip at the top of the door trapped some of the splattered butter. It’s available in smaller (0.7 cubic feet) and larger (1.1 cubic feet) sizes if you’re searching for a microwave to complete the vintage look of your kitchen.

    If you’re nostalgic for the microwave you had in college, the Black + Decker will take you back to your dorm room. The smaller dimensions (a little over 19 inches wide and under 12 inches tall) makes this a good fit for apartment or galley kitchens.

    While you gain counter space, you do sacrifice some power (it’s 900 watts) and room to cook. A bag of popped microwave popcorn – with about two dozen unpopped kernels – had only a bit of clearance on each side and took up most of the 10-inch turntable, which could (unsurprisingly) fit only a 10-inch dinner plate.

    The compact microwave has the same set-up as the Farberware (this is a good thing), so you’ll know what to do even before you read the instruction manual. Soup took a bit over 2 minutes to warm, and our burrito needed about 3 minutes for the middle to get hot, which meant the filling started to escape the sides by the end.

    The smaller interior wasn’t hard to clean, although a bit of butter did get trapped in the push button opening when we touched it with greasy fingers. There is a smaller model (0.7 cubic feet and 700 watts); but this is already a relatively affordable option well suited to warm up your mug of morning coffee or a bowl of soup.

    Daily microwave users will be drawn to the well-appointed Panasonic NN-SN67KS. The inverter microwave has 1,200 watts and just as in Spinal Tap, the power levels go to 11.

    The sensor cook function did well, baking a potato (one of 15 pre-programmed options) in eight minutes, and the inverter appeared to do its job on our bowl of chicken soup: It heated evenly and the ceramic bowl was less hot to the touch once the cycle was completed than with other models. Our frozen burrito was hot in 2 minutes, though heating wasn’t completely even: it lost some filling as steam pressure on the warmer burrito edges pushed beans out the ends of the tortilla. Our popcorn – there are three presets for bags of different sizes – only had 15 kernels in the bottom of the bowl. There is also a keep warm feature, which can run for up to 30 minutes, that did indeed keep our soup warm.

    The push button opens the door with less effort than other models. The interface is a snap to navigate, even with a lot of choices. Beyond the standard ‘add 30 seconds’ option, the timer and clock buttons double as ‘more’ and ‘less’ buttons, adding or subtracting 10 seconds respectively.

    The Panasonic did take a bit more effort to clean, as condensation and butter got trapped between the door and the bottom frame. The 1.2 cubic foot microwave comes in four colors, as well as a 1.4 cubic foot model that syncs with Amazon’s Alexa. While it was priced higher than other testers, the microwave comes with a five-year warranty on the magnetron tube parts (and a 1-year warranty covering labor).

    The black stainless steel Samsung is shiny like a sports car (you can also opt for stainless steel) with the soul of a minivan. It’s roomier than you expect inside, yet you wish it had a bit more giddyup.

    While roughly the same exterior size as the Panasonic and Toshiba models we tested, the Samsung has more interior room (1.4 cubic feet) and a larger turnable (14.2 inches). It does however, have less power, at 1,000 watts.

    The front panel provides a button for each of the 9 sensor programs, as well as a number pad for you to punch in cooking times or select further options from the program menu. The microwave was effective, but the results weren’t competitive with our favorite models. The potatoes were cooked through; but a bit rubbery. It easily reheated soup and warmed a burrito and effectively popped popcorn (we had 15 unpopped kernels).

    All in all, this microwave functioned reasonably well; but the misses on the small details added up. The buttons needed a slightly firmer feel. The interior light was a bit too dim (ironically it has an eco mode that turns off the display when not in use). And it was a bit louder than the quieter models when running (although you can mute the beeps).

    On the bright side, the ceramic enamel interior made this the easiest model to clean and this microwave comes with a 10-year warranty on the magnetron.

    [ad_2]

    Source link

  • The best products we’ve tested in October: Dash cams, water flossers and more | CNN Underscored

    The best products we’ve tested in October: Dash cams, water flossers and more | CNN Underscored

    [ad_1]

    CNN Underscored is constantly testing products — be those dash cams, water flossers or gaming monitors — to find the absolute best in each respective category. Our testing process is rigorous, starting out by spending hours of research to find the top products in each category. Once we create a testing pool of products, we test and retest each product multiple times in real-world settings over several weeks or even months.

    This year, we’ve already tested many dozens of products — from bidets to mesh Wi-Fi routers to workout earbuds — to find the best products you need to make life better. Here are the winning products from October.

    Best workout headphones overall

    We used the Beats Fit Pro in the gym and all day for work, play and commutes, and found their secure, sweat-resistant design and superb audio make them a perfect fit for anyone’s workout, no matter whether you’re an Apple or Android user.

    Best headphones for running and outdoor workouts

    The Shokz OpenRun Pro bone conduction headphones don’t sound as good as sealed earbuds like the Beats Fit Pro, but we loved them for running and hiking, since they let you hear your surroundings as clearly as you would without wearing headphones at all.

    Best bidet attachment

    If you’re a bidet beginner and don’t want to spend too much money, the Tushy Classic mounts under your existing toilet seat and gives you a comfortable stream with just enough adjustability.

    Best water flosser overall

    This full-featured cordless flosser takes up little space on the counter, but has a big reservoir that keeps you flossing — plus it was a pleasure to use in our testing.

    Best air fryer overall

    Its heavy-duty feel, combined with the reasonable price tag, convenient controls and standout cooking results, made it easy to declare this fryer the best overall.

    Software and Services

    A good third-person action, role-playing game for Batman fans

    Gotham Knights is a brand-new, open-world, third-person action role-playing game featuring the Batman Family. Despite a myriad of problems we encountered while playing it, ultimately it did more right than wrong. So, buy it if you’re a fan of the Bat Family. Otherwise, wait for it on sale.

    Best music streaming service for Apple users

    Apple Music is perfect for individuals who are already entrenched in Apple’s hardware and software ecosystem, though it works great on other devices, too.

    Best music streaming service overall

    Spotify is a great all-around music streaming service with an intuitive interface, slick social features and a large selection of music and podcasts.

    Best music streaming service for audiophiles

    We found Tidal to be the best music streaming platform for serious listeners due to its top-tier audio quality and higher royalty payouts for music artists.

    Best dash cam overall

    A dual-channel camera that includes front and rear video cameras, this Nextbase unit was the easiest to use and delivered the most impressive image quality in our testing.

    Best screenless dash cam

    Although it doesn’t have a screen, the budget-friendly Scosche camera has, by far, the easiest mobile app to use, and promises quick and easy video playback whenever you need it.

    Best water flosser for travel

    A big battery and reservoir, along with fully waterproof construction, make this a perfect travel companion. It’s easy to use and maneuver, and just as easy to pack away.

    Best 1080p gaming monitor

    For gamers on a budget — especially first-person shooter fans — this small monitor with great color accuracy, HDR support and a fast 360Hz refresh rate really delivers.

    Best 4K gaming monitor

    Asus’ top-of-the-line 4K monitor has the best picture quality we tested along with incredibly low input lag — it’s expensive, but it’s the best gaming monitor we’ve found, and for serious gamers who can make the investment, it’s the one to get.

    Best 1440p gaming monitor

    For gamers who don’t have the fanciest systems — and that’s a lot of us — the 27-inch Alienware delivers excellent performance, with a better combination of color accuracy and fast response time than any other monitor we tested.

    Best ultra-wide gaming monitor

    With an incredible picture and speedy performance, this ultra-wide OLED from Dell delivered the fastest response times in our testing and should satisfy any gamer looking for an immersive experience.

    Best mesh Wi-Fi router overall

    Eero continues to master making Wi-Fi easier and better for the masses with a streamlined setup, wide-ranging coverage, high speeds and affordability combined with easy-to-manage parental controls, ad blocking and network security.

    Best noise-canceling earbuds

    With the best noise cancellation we’ve heard from a pair of earbuds, the Bose QuietComfort Earbuds 2 are our choice for discreetly shutting out airplane cabin noise and office chatter.

    Best noise-canceling over-ear headphones

    Perfect for commuting, the office, long flights or just around the house, the Bose 700 combines Bose’s industry-leading ANC with great sound and a new, more comfortable and stylish slimmed-down design.

    Best wireless over-ear headphones overall

    The Sony WH-1000XM5 improve on the XM4, with a slimmer design and refined noise-canceling microphones — it’s the best over-ear Bluetooth headphones you can buy. XM4 owners can wait to upgrade, but for anybody else, the XM5 are the high-end headphones to get.

    [ad_2]

    Source link